The URL can be used to link to this page

BT Club Electrical System Upgrade and Generator Installation ProjectVILLAGE OF OAK BR00K CONTRACT FOR BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLATION VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K CONTRACT FOR BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE I: THE WORK ............1 ].l Performance of the Work ...................I 1.2 Commencement and Completion Dates ...............2 1.3 Required Submittals .........2 A. Submittals Required .........2 B. Number and Format ..........2 C. Time of Submission and Owner's Review. ..........2 D. Responsibility for De1ay........ .............3 1.4 Review and Interpretation of Contract Provisions .................3 1.5 Conditions at the Work Site; Record Drawings ............... ........................3 1.6 Technical Ability to Perform ..............4 1.7 Financial Ability to Perform .................. ...............4 1.8 Time......... .......4 1.9 Safety at the Work Site........... ............4 1.10 Cleanliness of the Work Site and Environs ..........5 1.11 Damage to the Work, the Work Site, and Other Property.... ....................5 1.12 Subcontractors and Suppliers ............. 5 A. Approval and Use of Subcontractors and Suppliers............. ....................5 B. Removal of Subcontractors and Suppliers ............ .................6 I .13 Simultaneous Work By Others ...........6 1.14 Occupancy Prior to Final Payment............ ...........6 I .15 owner's Right to Terminate or Suspend work for convenience ..............................6 A. Termination or Suspension for Convenience ........ .................6 B. Payment for Completed Work.. .................. ..........6 ARTICLE II: CHANGES AND DELAYS. ......................7 2.1 Changes ..........7 2.2 Delays .............7 A. Extensions for Unavoidable Delays ............... ........................7 B. No Compensation for Delays .............7 ARTICLE III: CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FoR DEFECTIVE woRK ....... 7 3.1 Inspection; Testing; Conection of Defects. ..........7 A. Inspection .......7 B. Re-1nspec1ion.............................. ........7 C. Correction .......8 3.2 Warranty of Work.... .........8 A. Scope of Wa:ranty............... ...............8 B. Repairs; Extension of Warranty ............... ............ g C. Subcontractor and Supplier Warranties ................ g 3.3 Owner's Right to Correct ...................9 ARTICLE IV: FINANCIAL ASSURANCES.......... ........8 4.1 Bonds ..............8 4.2 Insurance.. .......9 4.3 Indemnification.......... .......9 ARTICLE V: PAYMENT ......... ......................9 5.1 Contract Price ......... ..........9 5.2 Taxes and Benefits .............. ...............9 5.3 Progress Payments.. ..........9 A. Payment in Installments .......... ...........9 B. Pay Requests............. ......10 C. Work Entire ....................10 5.4 Final Acceptance and Final Payment .................l0 A. Notice of Completion........... ............ l0 B. Punch List and Final Acceptance .....10 C. Final Payment........,... .....10 5.5 Liens .............. I I A. Tit1e..........:................. .....1I B. Waivers of Lien ..............11 C. Removal of Liens ...........11 D. Protection of Owner Only ......... .......11 5.6 Deductions ......1I A. Owner's Right to Withhold ............... 11 B. Use of Withheld Funds ......................12 ARTICLE VI: DISPUTES AND R8M8DI8S................ ..................12 6.1 Dispute Resolution Procedure ...........12 A. Notice of Disputes and Objections.......... ............12 B. Negotiation of Disputes and Objections........... ....................12 6.2 Contractor's Remedies ............... .......12 6.3 Owner's Remedies.. ........13 6.4 Owner's Additional Remedy for Delay.. .............14 6.5 Terminations and Suspensions Deemed for Convenience ......... .............14 ARTICLE VII: LEGAL RELATIONSHIPS AND REQUIREMENTS ..........14 7.1 Binding Effect ................. 14 7.2 Relationship of the Parties...... ..........14 7.3 No Collusion/Prohibited Interests ...................... 15 7.4 Assignment................ ..... t5 7.5 Confidential Information............ ...... 15 7.6 No Waiver ...................... 15 7.7 No Third Party Beneficiaries.... ........ 16 7.8 Notices..... .....16 7.9 Governing Laws ......... ......................16 7.10 Changes in Laws..... .......,17 7.11 Compliance with Laws......... .............17 A. Compliance Required .....17 B. Liability for Fines, Penalties... .......,..17 C. Prevailing Wage Ac1............ ..............17 D. Required Provisions Deemed Inserted ...............1g 7 .12 Compliance with Patents ................... l g A. Assumption of Costs, Royalties, and Fees .........1g B. Effect of Contractor Being Enjoined.. ................1g 7.13 Time......... .....18 7 .14 Severability ..................... l g 7.15 Entire Agreement .............1g 7.16 Amendments............... ......................19 Contractor's Certifi cation Attachment A: Supplemental Schedule of Contract Terms Attachment B: Specifications Attachment C: List of Drawings Attachment D: Special Project Requirements Appendix l: Prevailing Wages Appendix 2: Form of Performance Bond Appendix 3: Form of Labor and Materials Bond -lV‐ VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K CONTRACT FOR BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLATION In consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, the Village of Oak Brook, 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brookr Illinoisr 60523, an Illinois municipal corporation ("Owner"), and 1上a Corporation ("Contractor"), make this Contract as of (the"Effective Date") and hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE I: THE WORK l。l Performance ofthe Work Contractor,at its sole cost and expense,must provide,perfollll,and complete a11 0f the fo1lo、ving,a1l ofwhich is herein referred to as the`り 7b″″': Labor. Equipment. Materials. and supplies. Provide, perform, and complete, in the manner described and specified in this Contract, all necessary work, labor, services, transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other means and items necessary to accomplish the Project at the work Site, both as defined in Attachment A, in accordance with the specifications attached hereto as Attachment B, the drawings identified in the list attached hereto as Attachment C, and the Special Project Requirements attached hereto as Attachment D. Permits. Except as otherwise provided in Attachment A, procure and fumish all permits, licenses, and other governmental approvals and authorizations necessary in connection therewith. Bonds and Insurance. Procure and fumish all Bonds and all certificates of insurance specified in this Contract. Taxes. Pay all applicable federal, state, and local taxes. Miscellaneous. Do all other things required of Contractor by this Contract, including without limitation arranging for utility and other services needed for the Work and for testing, including the installation of temporary utility lines, wiring, switches, fixfures, hoses, connections, and meters, and providing sufficient sanitary conveniences and shelters to accommodate all workers and all personnel of Owner engaged in the Work. 2018 2. 3. CONTRACT 6. Oualitv. Provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner, consistent with the highest standards of professional and construction practices and in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract, and with the greatest economy, efficiency, and expedition consistent therewith, with only new, undamaged and first quality equipment, materials, and supplies. 1.2 Commencement and Completion Dates Contractor must commence the Work not later than the "Commencement Date" set forth on Attachment A and must diligently and continuously prosecute the Work at such a rate as will allow the Work to be fully provided, performed, and completed in full compliance with this Contract not later than the "Completion Date" set forth in Attachment A. The time of commencement, rate of progress, and time of completion are referred to in this Contract as the "Contract Time." 1.3 Required Submittals A. Submittals Required. Contractor must submit to Owner all documents, data, and information specifically required to be submitted by Contractor under this Contract and must, in addition, submit to Owner all such drawings, specifications, descriptive information, and engineering documents, data, and information as may be required, or as may be requested by Owner, to show the details of the Work, including a complete description of all equipment, materials, and supplies to be provided under this Contract ("Required Submittals"). Such details must include, but are not limited to, design data, structural and operating features, principal dimensions, space required or provided, clearances required or provided, type and brand of finish, and all similar matters, for all components of the Work. B. Number and Format. Contractor must provide three complete sets for each Required Submittal. All Required Submittals must be prepared on white 8-7l2"x71" paper. C. Time of Submission and Owner's Review. All Required Submittals must be provided to Owner no later than the time, if any, specified in this Contract for their submission or, if no time for submission is specified, in sufficient time, in Owner's sole opinion, to permit Owner to review the same prior to the commencement of the part of the Work to which they relate and prior to the purchase of any equipment, materials, or supplies that they describe. Owner will have the right to require such corrections as may be necessary to make such submittals conform to this Contract. All such submittals will, after final processing and review with no exception noted by Owner, become a part of this Contract. No Work related to any submittal may be performed by Contractor until Owner has completed review of such submittal with no exception noted. Owner,s review and stamping of any Required Submittal will be for the sole purpose of examining the general management, design, and details of the proposed Work, does not relieve Contractor of the entire responsibility for the performance of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to this Contract, and may not be regarded as any assumption of risk or liability by Owner. -2- CONTRACT D. Responsibility for Delay. Contractor is responsible for any delay in the Work due to delay in providing Required Submittals conforming to this Contract. 1.4 Review and Interpretation of Contract Provisions Contractor represents and warrants that it has carefully reviewed this Contract, including all of its Attachments, and the drawings identified in Attachment C, all of which are by this reference incorporated into and made aparl of this Contract. Contractor must, at no increase in the Contract Price, provide workmanship, equipment, materials, and supplies that fully conform to this Contract. Whenever any equipment, materials or supplies are specified or described in this Contract by using the name or other identifying feature of a proprietary product or the name or other identifying feature of a particular manufacturer or vendor, the specific item mentioned is understood as establishing the type, function and quality desired. Other manufacturers' or vendors' products may be accepted, provided that the products proposed are equivalent in substance and function to those named as determined by Owner in its sole and absolute discretion. Contractor must promptly notify Owner of any discrepancy, error,.omission, ambiguity, or conflict among any of the provisions of this Contract before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. If Contractor fails to give such notice to Owner, then the subsequent decision of Owner as to which provision of this Contract governs is final, and any corrective work required does not entitle Contractor to any damages, to any compensation in excess of the Contract Price, or to any delay or extension of the Contract Time. When the equipment, materials, or supplies furnished by Contractor cannot be installed as specified in this Contract, Contractor must, without any increase in the Contract Price, make all modifications required to properly install the equipment, materials, or supplies. Any such modification is subject to the prior review and consent of Owner. 1.5 Conditions at the Work Sitel Record Drawinss Contractor represents and warrants that it has had a sufficient opportunity to conduct a thorough investigation of the Work Site and the surrounding area and has completed such investigation to its satisfaction. Contractor will have no claim for damages, for compensation in excess ofthe Contract Price, or for a delay or extension of the Contract Time based upon conditions found at, or in the vicinity of, the Work Site. When information pertaining to subsurface, underground or other concealed conditions, soils analysis, borings, test pits, utility locations or conditions, buried structures, condition of existing structures, and other investigations is or has been provided by Owner, or is or has been otherwise made available to Contractor by Owner, such information is or has been provided or made available solely for the convenience of Contractor and is not part of this Contract. Owner assumes no responsibility whatever in respect to the sufficiency or accuracy of such information, and there is no guaranty or warranty, eithei expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing throughout thl Work or the Work Site, or that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing at any particular location, or that the conditions indicated may not change, or that unaniicipatei conditions may not be present. CONTRACT Contractor is solely responsible for locating all existing underground installations by prospecting no later than two workdays prior to any scheduled excavation or trenching, whichever is earlier. Contractor must check all dimensions, elevations, and quantities indicated in this Contract within the same time period as set forth above for prospecting underground installations. Contractor must lay out the Work in accordance with this Contract and must establish and maintain such locations, lines and levels. Wherever pre-existing work is encountered, Confactor must verify and be responsible for dimensions and location of such pre-existing work. Contractor must notifu Owner of any discrepancy between the dimensions, elevations and quantities indicated in this Contract and the conditions of the Work Site or any other errors, omissions or discrepancies which Contract may discover during such inspections. Full instructions will be furnished by Owner should such error, omission, or discrepancy be discovered, and Contractor must carry out such instructions as if originally specified and without any increase in Contract Price. Before Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor must submit to Owner two sets of Drawings of Record, unless a greater number is specified elsewhere in this Contract, indicating all field deviations from Attachment B or the drawings identified in Attachment C. 1.6 Technical Abilitv to Perform Contractor represents and warrants that it is sufficiently experienced and competent, and has the necessary capital, facilities, plant, organization, and staff, to provide, perform and complete the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. 1.7 Financial Abilitv to Perform Contractor represents and warrants that it is financially solvent, and Contractor has the financial resources necessary to provide, perform and complete the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. 1.8 Time Contractor represents and warrants that it is ready, willing, able and prepared to begin the Work on the Commencement Date and that the Contract Time is sufficient time to lermitcompletion of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract for the Contract Price, all with due regard to all natural and man-made conditions that may affect the Work or the Work Site and all difficulties, hindrances, and delays that may be incident to the Work. 1.9 Safetv at the Work Site Contractor is solely and completely responsible for providing and maintaining safe conditions at the Work Site, including the safety of all persons and property during performance of the Work. This requirement applies continuously and is not limited to normal working hours. Contractor must take all safety precautions as necessary to comply with all applicable laws and to prevent injury to persons and damage to property. -4- CONTRACT Contractor must conduct all of its operations without intemrption or interference with vehicular and pedestrian traffic on public and private rights-of-way, unless it has obtained permits therefor from the proper authorities. If any public or private right-of-way are rendered unsafe by Contractor's operations, Contractor must make such repairs or provide such temporary ways or guards as are acceptable to the proper authorities. 1.10 Cleanliness of the Work Site and Environs Contractor must keep the Work Site and adjacent areas clean at all times during performance of the Work and must, upon completion of the Work, leave the Work Site and adjacent areas in a clean and orderly condition. 1.ll Damase to the Work. the Work Site. and Other Pronertv The Work and everything pertaining thereto is provided, performed, completed, and maintained at the sole risk and cost of Contractor from the Commencement Date until Final Payment. Contractor is fully responsible for the protection of all public and private property and all persons. Without limiting the'foregoing, Contractor must, at its own cost and.*p.nr., provide all permanent and temporary shoring, anchoring and bracing required by the nature of the Work in order to make all parts absolutely stable and rigid, even when such shoring, anchoring and bracing is not explicitly specified, and support and protect all buildings, bridges, roadways, conduits, wires, water pipes, gas pipes, sewers, pavements, curbs, sidewalks, fixfures and landscaping of all kinds and all other public or private property that may be encountered or endangered in providing, performing and completing the Work. Contractor will have no claim against Owner because of any damage or loss to the Work or to Contractor's equipment, materials, or supplies from any cause whatsoever, including damage or loss due to simultaneous work by others. Contractor must, promptly and without charge to Owner, repair or replace, to the satisfaction of Owner, any damage done to, and any loss suffered by, the Work and any damage done to, and any loss suffered by, the Work Site or other property as a result of the Work. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, Contractor's obligations under this Section exist without regard to, and may not be construed to be waived by, the availability or unavailability of any insurance, either of Owner or Contractor, to indemniS, hold harmless, or reimburse Contractor for the cost of any repair or replacement work required by this Section. l.l2 Subcontractors and Suppliers A. Approval and Use of Subcontractors and Suppliers. Contractor must perform the Work with its own personnel and under the management, supervision, and control of its own organization unless otherwise approved by Owner in writing. All subcontractors, suppliers, and subcontracts used by Contractor must be acceptable to, and approved in advance by, Owner. Owner's approval of any subcontractor, supplier, and subcontract does not relieve Contractor of full responsibility and liability for the provision, performance, and completion of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. All Work performed under any subcontract is subject to all of the provisions of this Contract in the same manner as if performed by employees of Contractor. Every reference in this Contract to "Controctor" is deemed also to CONTRACT refer to all subcontractors and suppliers of Contractor. Every subcontract must include a provision binding the subcontractor or supplier to all provisions of this Contract. B. Removal of Subcontractors and Suppliers. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to perform the part of the Work undertaken by it in a manner satisfactory to Owner, Contractor must immediately upon notice from Owner terminate such subcontractor or supplier. Contractor will have no claim for damages, for compensation in excess of the Contract Price, or for a delay or extension of the Contract Time as a result of any such termination. 1.13 Sipultaneous Work Bv Others Owner has the right to perform or have performed such other work as Owner may desire in, about, or near the Work Site during the performance of the Work by Contractor. Contractor must make every reasonable effort to perform the Work in such manner as to enable both the Work and such other work to be completed without hindrance or interference from each other. Contractor must afford Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity for the execution of such other work and must properly coordinate the Work with such other work. l.l4 Occupancy Prior to Final Pavment Owner will have the right, at its election, to occupy, use, or place in service any part of the Work prior to Final Payment. Such occupancy, use, or placement in service must be conducted in such manner as not to damage any of the Work or to unreasonably interfere with the progress of the Work. No such occupancy, use, or placement in service may be construed as an acceptance of any of the Work or a release or satisfaction of Contractor's duty to insure and protect the Work, nor may it, unless conducted in an unreasonable manner, be considered as an interference with Contractor's provision, performance, or completion of the Work. 1.15 Owner's Right to Terminate or Suspend Work for Convenience A. Termination or Suspension for Convenience. Owner has the right, for its convenience, to terminate or suspend the Work in whole or in part at any time by written notice to Contractor. Every such notice must state the extent and effective date of such termination or suspension. On such effective date, Contractor must, as and to the extent directed, stop Work under this Contract, cease all placement of further orders or subcontracts, terminate or suspend Work under existing orders and subcontracts, cancel any outstanding orders or subcontracts that may be cancelled, and take any action necessary to protect any property in its possession in which Owner has or may acquire any interest and to dispose of such property in such manner as may be directed by Owner. B. Payment for Completed Work. In the event of any termination pursuant to Subsection 1 . l54 above, Owner must pay Contractor (1) such direct costs, excluding overhead, as Contractor has paid or incurred for all Work done in compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract up to the effective date of termination together with ten percent of such costs for overhead and profit; and (2) such other costs pertaining to the Work, exclusive of overhead and profit, as Contractor may have reasonably and necessarily incurred as the result of -6- CONTRACT such termination. Any such payment may be offset by any prior payment or payments and is subject to Owner's rights to withhold and deduct as provided in this Contract. ARTICLE II: CHANGES AND DELAYS 2,1 Chanses Owner has the right, by written order executed by Owner, to make changes in the Contract, the Work, the Work Site, and the Contract Time ("Change Order"). If any Change Order causes an increase or decrease in the amount of the Work, an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time may be made. All claims by Contractor for an equitable adjustment in either the Contract Price or the Contract Time must be made within two business days following receipt of such Change Order, and may, if not made prior to such time, be conclusively deemed to have been waived. No decrease in the amount of the Work caused by any Change Order will entitle Contractor to make any claim for damages, anticipated profits, or other compensation. 2.2 Delavs A. Extensions for Unavoidable Delays. For any delay that may result from causes that could not be avoided or controlled by Contractor, Contractor must, upon timely written application, be entitled to issuance of a Change Order providing for an extension of the Contract Time for a period of time equal to the delay resulting from such unavoidable cause. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed for any other delay in completion of the Work. B. No Compensation for Delays. No payment, compensation, damages, or adjustment of any kind, other than the extension of the Contract Time provided in Subsection 2.2A above, may be made to, or claimed by, Contractor because of hindrances or delays from any cause in the commencement, prosecution, or completion of the Work, whether caused by Owner or any other party and whether avoidable or unavoidable. ARTICLE III: CONTRACTOR,S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE WORK 3.1 Inspection: Testing: Correction of Defects A. Inspection. Until Final Payment, all parts of the Work are subject to inspection and testing by Owner or its designated representatives. Contractor must furnish, at its own expense, all reasonable access, assistance, and facilities required by Owner for such inspection and testing. B. Re-Inspection. Re-inspection and re-testing of any Work may be ordered by Owner at any time, and, if so ordered, any covered or closed Work must be uncovered or opened by Contractor. If the Work is found to be in full compliance with this Contract, then Owner must pay the cost of uncovering, opening, re-inspecting, or re-testing, as the case may be. If such Work is not in full compliance with this Contract, then Contractor must pay such cost. -7- CONTRACT C. Conection. Until Final Payment, Contractor must, promptly and without charge, repair, correct, or replace all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, or unsuitable or that in any way fails to conform strictly to the requirements of this Contract. 3.2 Warrantv of Work A. Scope of Warranty. Contractor warrants that the Work and all of its components will be free from defects and flaws in design, workmanship, and materials; must strictly conform to the requirements of this Contract; and will be fit, sufficient, and suitable for the purposes expressed in, or reasonably inferred from, this Contract. The warranty herein expressed is in addition to any other warranties expressed in this Contract, or expressed or implied by law, which are hereby reserved unto Owner. B. Repairs: Extension of Warranty. Contractor, promptly and without charge, must correct any failure to fulfill the above warranty that may be discovered or develop at any time within one year after Final Payment or such longer period as may be prescribed in Attachment B or Attachment D to this Contract or by law. The above wananty may be extended automatically to cover all repaired and replacement parts and labor provided or performed under such warranty and Contractor's obligation to correct Work may be extended for a period of one year from the date of such repair or replacement. The time period established in this Subsection 3.2B relates only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct Work and may not be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations that Contractor has under this Contract. C. Subcontractor and Supplier Warranties. Whenever Attachment B or Attachment D requires a subcontractor or supplier to provide a guaranty or warranty, Contractor is solely responsible for obtaining said guaranty or waranty in form satisfactory to Owner and assigning said warranty or guaranty to Owner. Acceptance of any assigned warranties or guaranties by Owner is a precondition to Final Payment and does not relieve Contractor of any of its guaranty or warranty obligations under this Contract. 3.3 Owner's Risht to Correct Il within two business days after Owner gives Contractor notice of any defect, damage, flaw, unsuitability, nonconformity, or failure to meet warranty subject to correction by Contractor pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 of this Contract, Contractor neglects to make, or undertake with due diligence to make, the necessary corrections, then Owner is entitled to make, either with its own forces or with contract forces, the corrections and to recover from Contractor all resulting costs, expenses, losses, or damages, including attomeys' fees and administrative expenses. ARTICLE IV: FINANCIAL ASSURANCES 4。1Bonds Contemporaneous with Contractor's execution of this Contract, Contractor must provide a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond, on forms provided by, or otherwise acceptable to, Owner, from a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Illinois with -8- CONTRACT a general rating of A and a financial size category of'Class X or better in Best's Insurance Guide, each in the penal sum of the Contract Price ("Bonds"). Contractor, at all times while providing, performing, or completing the Work, including, without limitation, at all times while correcting any failure to meet warranty pursuant to Section 3.2 of this Contract, must maintain and keep in force, at Contractor's expense, the Bonds required hereunder. 4.2 Insurance Contractor hereby agrees and will, at its expense, carry insurance pursuant to the terms, conditions, and coverages set forth in Attachment A. 4.3 Indemnification Contractor hereby agrees to and will indemnify and save harmless Owner and all of it elected officials, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, and representatives against any and all lawsuits, claims, demands, damages,liabilities,losses, and expenses, including attorneys' fees and administrative expenses, that may arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or in connection with Contractor's performance of, or failure to perform, the Work or any part thereof, whether or not due or claimed to be due in whole or in part to the active, passive, or conctrrent negligence or fault of Contractor, except to the extent caused solely by the negligence of Owner. ARTICLE V: PAYMENT 5.1 Contract Price Owner must pay to Contractor, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article V and Attachment A, and Contractor must accept in full satisfaction for providing, performing, and completing the Work, the amount or amounts set forth in Attachment A (the "Contract Price"), subject to any additions, deductions, or withholdings provided for in this Contract. 5.2 Taxes and Benefits Owner is exempt from and will not be responsible to pay, or reimburse Contractor for, any state or local sales, use, or excise taxes. The Contract Price includes all other applicable federal, state, and local taxes of every kind and nature applicable to the Work as well as all taxes, contributions, and premiums for unemployment insurance, old age or retirement benefits, pensions, annuities, or other similar benefits. All claim or right to claim additional compensation by reason of the payment of any such tax, contribution, or premium is hereby waived and released by Contractor. 5.3 Progress Pavments A. Payment in Installments. The Contract Price must be paid in monthly installments in the manner set forth in Attachment A ("Progress Payments"). -9- CONTRACT B. Pay Requests. The Village of Oak Brook authorizes the payment of invoices on the second and fourth Tuesday of the month. For consideration on one of these dates, payment request must be received no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the second or fourth Tuesday of the month. Each Pay Request must include (a) Contractor's certification of the value of, and partial or final waivers of lien covering, all Work for which payment is then requested and (b) Contractor's certification that all prior Progress Payments have been properly applied to the payment or reimbursement of the costs with respect to which they were paid. C. Work Entire. This Contract and the Work are entire and the Work as a whole is of the essence of this Contract, Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, each and every part of this Contract and of the Work are interdependent and common to one another and to Owner's obligation to pay all or any part of the Contract Price or any other consideration for the Work. Any and all Progress Payments made pursuant to this Anicle are provided merely for the convenience ofContractor and for no other purpose. 5.4 Final Acceptance and Final Pavment A. Notice of Completion. When the Work has been completed and is ready in all respects for acceptance by Owner, Contractor must notiff Owner and request a final inspection ("Notice of Completion"). Contractor's Notice of Completion must be given sufficiently in advance of the Completion Date to allow for scheduling of the final inspection and for completion or correction before the Completion Date of any items identified by such inspection as being defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, incomplete, or otherwise not in full compliance with, or as required by or pursuant to, this Contract ("Punch List l4tor|'). B. Punch List and Final Acceptance. The Work may be finally accepted when, and only when, the whole and all parts thereof have been completed to the satisfaction of Owner in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. Upon receipt of Contractor,s Notice of Completion, Owner must make a review of the Work and noti$r Contractor in writing of all Punch List Work, if any, to be completed or corrected. Following Contractor's completioi or correction of all Punch List Work, Owner must make another review of the Work and prepare and deliver to Contractor either a written notice of additional Punch List Work to be compieted or corrected or a written notice of final acceptance of the Work ("Final Acceptance"). C. Final Payment. As soon as practicable after Final Acceptance, Contractor must submit to Owner a properly completed final Pay Request in the form provided by Owner (,,Final Pay Requesf"). Owner must pay to Contractor the balance of the Contract Price, after deducting therefrom all charges against Contractor as provided for in this Contract ("Final Payment'). Final Payment must be made not later than 60 days after Owner approves the Final Pay Request. The acceptance by Contractor of Final Payment will operate as d full and complete release of Owner of and from any and all lawsuits, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, losses, and expenses of, by, or to Contractor for anything done, furnished for, arising out of, relating to, or in ctnnection with the Work or for or on account of any act or neglect of Owner arising out of, relating to, or in connection with the Work. -10- CONTRACT 5.5 Liens A. Title. Nothing in this Contract may be construed as vesting in Contractor any right of property in any equipment, materials, supplies, and other items provided under this Contract after they have been installed in, incorporated into, attached to, or affixed to, the Work or the Work Site. All such equipment, materials, supplies, and other items will, upon being so installed, incorporated, attached or affixed, become the property of Owner, but such title will not release Contractor from its duty to insure and protect the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Contract. B. Waivers of Lien. Contractor must, from time to time at Owner's request and in any event prior to Final Payment, furnish to Owner such receipts, releases, affidavits, certificates, and other evidence as may be necessary to establish, to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner, that no lien against the Work or the public funds held by Owner exists in favor of any person whatsoever for or by reason of any equipment, material, supplies, or other item furnished, labor performed, or other thing done in connection with the Work or this Contract ("Lien") and that no right to file any Lien exists in favor of any person whatsoever. C. Rernoval of Liens. If at any time any notice of any Lien is filed, then Contractor must, promptly and without charge, discharge, remove, or otherwise dispose of such Lien. Until such discharge, removal, or disposition, Owner will have the right to retain from any money payable hereunder an amount that Owner, in its sole judgment, deems necessary to satisfu such Lien and to pay the costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and administrative expenses, of any actions brought in connection therewith or by reason thereof. D. Protection of Owner Only. This Section does not operate to relieve Contractor's surety or sureties from any of their obligations under the Bonds, nor may it be deemed to vest any right, interest, or entitlement in any subcontractor or supplier. Owner's retention of funds pursuant to this Section is deemed solely for the protection of its own interests pending removal of such Liens by Contractor, and Owner will have no obligation to apply such funds to such removal but may, nevertheless, do so where Owner's interests would thereby be served. 5.6 Deductions A. Owner's Right to Withhold. Not'withstanding any other provision of this Contract and without prejudice t9 Ty of Owner's other rights or remedies, Owner will have the right at any time or times, whether before or after approval of any Pay Request, to deduct and wittrhold from any Progress or Final Payment that may be or become due under this Contract such amount as may reasonably appear necessary to compensate Owner for any actual or prospective loss due to:(l)Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete; (2) damage for which Contractor is liable under this Contract; (3) state or local sales, use, or excise taxes from which Owner is exempt; (4) Liens or claims of Lien regardless of merit; (5) claims of subcontractors, suppliers, or other persons regardless of merit; (6) delay in the progress or completion of the Work; (7) inability of Contractor to complete the Work; (8) failure of Contractor to properly complete or document any Pay Request; (9) any other failure of Contractor to perform any of its obligations under this Contract; or (10) the cost to Owner, including attorneys, fees and CONTRACT administrative costs, of correcting any of the aforesaid matters or exercising any one or more of Owner's remedies set forth in Section 6.3 of this Contract. B. Use of Withheld Funds. Owner is entitled to retain any and all amounts withheld pursuant to Subsection 5.6A above until Contractor has either performed the obligations in question or furnished security for such performance satisfactory to Owner. Owner is entitled to apply any money withheld or any other money due Contractor under this Contract to reimburse itself for any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, suits, judgments, awards, attomeys' fees and administrative expenses incurred, suffered, or sustained by Owner and chargeable to Contractor under this Contract. ARTICLE VI: DISPUTES AND REMEDIES 6,1 Dispute Resolution Procedure A. Notice of Disputes and Objections. If Contractor disputes or objects to any requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision of Owner, Contractor may notify Owner in writing of its dispute or objection and of the amount of any equitable adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time to which Contractor claims it will be entitled as a result thereof; provided, however, that Contractor must, nevertheless, proceed without delay to perform the Work as required, directed, instructed, interpreted, determined, or decided by Owner, without regard to such dispute or objection. Unless Contractor so notifies Owner within two business days after receipt of such requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision, Contractor is conclusively deemed to have waived all such disputes or objections and all claims based thereon. B. Negotiation qf Disputes and Objections. To avoid and settle without litigation any such dispute or objection, Owner and Contractor agree to engage in good faith negotiations. Within three business days after Owner's receipt of Contractor's written notice of dispute or objection, a conference between Owner and Contractor will be held to resolve the dispute. Within three business days after the end of the conference, Owner must render its final decision, in writing, to Contractor. If Contractor objects to the final decision of Owner, then it must, within ttyee business days, give Owner notice thereof and, in such notice, must state its final demand for settlement of the dispute. Unless Contractor so notifies Owner, Contractor will be conclusively deemed (1) to have agreed to and accepted Owner's final decision and (2) to have waived ail claims based on such final decision. 6.2 Contractor's Remedies If Owner fails or refuses to satisfy a final demand made by Contractor pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Contract, or to otherwise resolve the dispute which is the subject of such demand to the satisfaction of Contractor, within 10 days after receipt of such demand, then Contractor will be entitled to pursue such remedies, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Contract, as it may have in law or equity. -12- CONTRACT 6.3 Owner's Remedies If it should appear at any time prior to Final Payment that Contractor has failed or refused to prosecute, or has delayed in the prosecution of, the Work with diligence at a rate that assures completion of the Work in full compliance with the requirements of this Contract on or before the Completion Date, or has attempted to assign this Contract or Contractor's rights under this Contract, either in whole or in part, or has falsely made any representation or warranty in this Contract, or has otherwise failed, refused, or delayed to perform or satisS any other requirement of this Contract or has failed to pay its debts as they come due ("Event of Default"), and has failed to cure any such Event of Default within five business days after Contractor's receipt of written notice of such Event of Default, then Owner will have the right, at its election and without prejudice to any other remedies provided by law or equity, to pursue any one or more of the following remedies: l. Owner may require Contractor, within such reasonable time as may be fixed by Owner, to complete or correct all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete; to remove from the Work Site any such Work; to accelerate all or any part of the Work; and to take any or all other action necessary to bring Contractor and the Work into strict compliance with this Contract. Owner may perform or have performed all Work necessary for the accomplishment of the results stated in Paragraph I above and withhold or recover from Contractor all the cost and expense, including attomeys' fees and administrative costs, incurred by Owner in connection therewith. owner may accept the defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, incomplete, or dilatory Work or part thereof and make an equitable reduction in the Contract Price. Owner may terminate this Contract without liability for further payment of amounts due or to become due under this Contract. Owner may, without terminating this Contract, terminate Contractor's rights under this Contract and, for the purpose of completing or correcting the Work, evict Contractor and take possession of all equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, plans, specifications, schedules, manuals, drawings, and other papers relating to the Work, whether at the Work Site or elsewhere, and either complete or correct the Work with its own forces or contracted forces, all at Contiactor,s expense. Upon any termination of this Contract or of Contractor's rights under this Contract, and at Owner's option exercised in writing, any or all subcontracts and supplier contracts of Contractor will be deemed to be assigned to Owner without any further action being required, but Owner may not thereby assume any obligation for 3. 4. 5, 6. CONTRACT payments due under such subcontracts and supplier contracts for any Work provided or performed prior to such assignment. 7. Owner may withhold from any Progress Payment or Final Payment, whether or not previously approved, or may recover from Contractor, any and all costs, including attomeys' fees and administrative expenses, incurred by Owner as the result of any Event of Default or as a result of actions taken by Owner in response to any Event of Default. 8. Owner may recover any damages suffered by Owner. 6.4 Owner's Additional Remedv for Delav If the Work is not completed by Contractor, in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract, within the Contract Time as such time may be extended by Change Order, then Owner may invoke its remedies under Section 6.3 of this Contract or may, in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion, permit Contractor to complete the Work but charge to Contractor, and deduct from any Progress or Final Payments, whether or not previously approved, administrative expenses and costs for each day completion of the Work is delayed beyond the Completion Date, computed on the basis of the "Per Diem Administrative Charge" set forth in Attachment A, as well as any additional damages caused by such delay. 6.5 Terminations and Suspensions Deemed for Convenience Any termination or suspension of Contractor's rights under this Contract for an alleged default that is ultimately held unjustified will automatically be deemed to be a termination or suspension for the convenience of Owner under Section I .l 5 of this Contract. ARTICLE VII: LEGAL RELATIONSHIPS AND REQUIREMENTS 7.1 Bindine Effect This Contract is binding on Owner and Contractor and on their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns. Every reference in this Contract to a party is deemed to be a reference to the authorized officers, employees, agents, and representatives of such party. 7,2 Relationship of the Parties Contractor will act as an independent contractor in providing and performing the Work. Nothing in, nor done pursuant to, this Contract may be construed (lfto create the relitionship of principal and agent, partners, or joint venturers between Owner and Contractor or (2) except as provided in Paragraph 6.3(6) above, to create any relationship between Owner and any subcontractor or supplier of Contractor. ‐14- CONTRACT 7.3 NoCollusion/Prohibitedlnterests Contractor hereby represents that the only persons, firms, or corporations interested in this Contract as principals are those disclosed to Owner prior to the execution of this Contract, and that this Contract is made without collusion with any other person, firm, or corporation. If at any time it is found that Contractor has, in procuring this Contract, colluded with any other person, firm, or corporation, then Contractor will be liable to Owner for all loss or damage that Owner may suffer thereby, and this Contract will, at Owner's option, be null and void. Contractor hereby represents and warrants that neither Contractor nor any person affrliated with Contractor or that has an economic interest in Contractor or that has or will have an interest in the Work or will participate, in any manner whatsoever, in the Work is acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity or nation named by the United States Treasury Department as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person, or for or on behalf of any person, group, entity or nation designated in Presidential Executive Order 13224 as a person who commits, threatens to commit, or supports terrorism, and neither Contractor nor any person affiliated with Contractor or that has an economic interest in Contractor or that has or will have an interest in the Work or will participate, in any manner whatsoever, in the Work is, directly or indirectly, engaged in, or facilitating, the Work on behalf of any such person, group, entity or nation. 7.4 Assisnment Contractor may not (l) assign this Contract in whole or in part, (2) assign any of Contractor's rights or obligations under this Contract, or (3) assign any payment due or to become due under this Contract without the prior express written approval of Owner, which approval may be withheld in the sole and unfettered discretion of Owner; provided, however, that Owner's prior written approval will not be required for assignments of accounts, as defined in the Illinois Commercial Code, if to do so would violate Section 9-3 l8 of the Illinois Commercial Code, 810 ILCS 5/9-318. Owner may assign this Contract, in whole or in part, or any or all of its rights or obligations under this Contract, without the consent of Contractor. 7.5 Confidentiallnformation All information supplied by Owner to Contractor for or in connection with this Contract or the Work must be held confidential by Contractor and may not, without the prior express written consent of Owner, be used for any purpose other than performance of the Work. 7.6 No Waiver No examination, inspection, investigation, test, measurement, review, determination, decision, certificate, or approval by Owner, nor any order by Owner for the payment of money, nor any payment for, or use, occupancy, possession, or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the Work by Owner, nor any extension of time granted by Owner, nor any delay by Owner in exercising any right under this Contract, nor any other act or omission of Owner may constitute or be deemed to be an acceptance of any defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming or ‐15- CONTRACT incomplete Work, equipment, materials, or supplies, nor operate to waive or otherwise diminish the effect of any warranty or representation made by Contractor; or of any requirement or provision of this Contract; or of any remedy, power, or right of Owner. 7,7 No Third Partv Beneficiaries No claim as a third party beneficiary under this Contract by any person, firm, or corporation other than Contractor may be made or be valid against Owner. 7.8 Notices All notices required or permitted to be given under this Contract must be in writing and are deemed received by the addressee thereofwhen delivered in person on abusiness day at the address set forth below or on the third business day after being deposited in any main or branch United States post office, for delivery at the address set forth below by properly addressed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, retum receipt requested. Notices and communications to Owner must be addressed to, and delivered at, the following address: Village of Oak Brook 1200 0ak Brook Road Oak Brook.Illinois 60523 Attention: Doug Patchin. Public Works Director Notices and communications to Contractor must be addressed to, and delivered at, the following address: Fitzgerald's Electrical Contracting. Inc. 65865 Shaw Road Bie Rock. Illinois 6051 Attention: Michael Robertson. Vice President The foregoing may not be deemed to preclude the use of other non-oral means of notification or to invalidate any notice properly given by any such other non-oral means. By notice complying with the requirements of this Section, Owner and Contractor each have the right to change the address or addressee or both for all future notices to it, but no notice of a change of address is effective until actually received. 7.9 Governins Laws This Contract and the rights of Owner and Contractor under this Contract will be interpreted according to the internal laws, but not the conflict of laws rules, of the State of Illinois; venue for any action related to this Contract will be in the Circuit Court of DuPage County, Illinois. -16- CONTRACT 7,10 Chanses in Laws Unless otherwise explicitly provided in this Contract, any reference to laws includes such laws as they may be amended or modified from time to time. 7.ll Compliance with Laws A. Compliance Required. Contractor must give all notices, pay all fees, and take all other action that may be necessary to ensure that the Work is provided, performed, and completed in accordance with all required govemmental permits, licenses or other approvals and authorizations that may be required in connection with providing, performing, and completing the Work, and with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations, including without limitation the Illinois Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq. (see Subsection C of this Section) (a copy of the prevailing rate of wages ascertained by the Illinois Department of Labor, in effect as of the date of this Contract, has been attached as an Appendix to this Contract; if the Illinois Department of Labor revises the prevailing rate of hourly wages to be paid, the revised rate applies to this Contract); any other applicable prevailing wage laws;the Fair Labor Standards Act; any statutes regarding qualification to do business; any statutes requiring preference to laborers of specified classes; the Illinois Steel Products Procurement Act, 30 ILCS 565/l et seq.; any statutes prohibiting discrimination because of, or requiring affirmative action based on, race, creed, color, national origin, age, sex, or other prohibited classification, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990,42 U.S.C. $$ 12101 et seq., the Illinois Human Rights Act,775ILCS 5/l-l0l et seq., and the Public Works Discrimination Act, 775 ILCS l0/0.01 et seq.; and any statutes regarding safety or the performance of the Work, including the Illinois Underground Utility Facilities Damage Prevention Act, 220 ILCS 50/1 et seq., and the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970,29 U.S.C. $$ 651 et seq. B. Liability for Fines. Penalties. Contractor is solely liable for any fines or civil penalties that are imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or body that may arise, ol be alleged to have arisen, out of or in connection with Contractor's, or its subcontractors' or suppliers', performance of, or failure to perform, the Work or any part thereof. C. Prevailine Wage Act. Contractor and each subcontractor, in order to comply with the Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq. (the "Act"), must submit to the Village a certified payroll on a monthly basis, in accordance with Section 5 of the Act. The certified payroll must consist of a complete copy of those records required to be made and kept by the Act. The certified payroll must be accompanied by a statement signed by the contractor or subcontractor that certifies that (1) such records are true and accurate, (2) the hourly rate paid is not less than the general prevailing rate of hourly wages required by the Act, and (3) the contractor or subcontractor is aware that filing a certified payroll that he or she knows to be false is a Class B misdemeanor. Contractor may rely on the certification of a subcontractor, provided that Contractor does not knowingly rely on a subcontractor's false certification. On two business days' notice, Contractor and each subcontractor must make available for inspection the records required to be made and kept by the Act (i) to the Village and its officers and agents and to the Director of the Illinois Department of Labor and his or her deputies and agents and (ii) at all reasonable hours at a location within the State. ‐17- CONTRACT D. Required Provisions Deemed Inserted. Every provision of law required by law to be inserted into this Contract is deemed to be inserted herein. 7.12 Compliance with Patents A. Assumption of Costs. Royalties. and Fees. Contractor will pay or cause to be paid all costs, royalties, and fees arising from the use on, orthe incorporation into, the Work, ofpatented equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions. B. Effect of Contractor Being Enjoined. Should Contractor be enjoined from fumishing or using any equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions supplied or required to be supplied or used under this Contract, Contractor must promptly offer substitute equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, er inventions in lieu thereof, of equal efficiency, quality, suitability, and market value, for review by Owner. If Owner should disapprove the offered substitutes and should elect, in lieu of a substitution, to have supplied, and to retain and use, any such equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions as may by this Contract be required to be supplied, Contractor must pay such royalties and secure such valid licenses as may be requisite and necessary for Owner to use such equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions without being disturbed or in any way interfered with by any proceeding in law or equity on account thereof. Should Contractor neglect or refuse to make any approved substitution promptly, or to pay such royalties and secure such licenses as may be necessary, then Owner will have the right to make such substitution, or Owner may pay such royalties and secure such licenses and charge the cost thereof against any money due Contractor from Owner or recover the amount thereof from Contractor and its surety or sureties notwithstanding that Final Payment may have been made. 7.13 Time The Contract Time is of the essence of this Contract. Except where otherwise stated, references in this Contract to days is construed to refer to calendar days. 7.14 Severabilitv The provisions of this Contract will be interpreted when possible to sustain their legality and enforceability as a whole. In the event any provision of this Contract is held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, in whole or in part, neither the validity of the remaining part of such provision, nor the validity of any other provisions of this Contract will be in any way affected thereby. 7.15 Entire Asreement This Contract sets forth the entire agreement of Owner and Contractor with respect to the accomplishment of the Work and the payment of the Contract Price therefor, and there are no other CONTRACT understandings or agreements, oral or written, between Owner and Contractor with respect to the Work and the compensation therefor. 7.16 Amendments No modification, addition, deletion, revision, alteration or other change to this Contract is effective unless and until such change is reduced to writing and executed and delivered by Owner and Contractor. ISTGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWSI -19- CONTRACT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have caused this Contract to be executed by their properly authorized representatives in two original counterparts as of the Effective Date. ⅥLLAG By: Nalne: Title: Attest: By: Name: Title: βTING,INC. By: Narne: Title: Attest: By: Name: Title: ‐20- ヽ/tCし pro RIバ ?ltt ⅥLLAGE OF OAK BR00K BATH&TENNIS ELECTHCAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLATION ATTACHMENT A SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF CONTRACT TERMS [Check applicable boxes and insert required information.J 1. Proiect: Provide and install all materials needed for the Bath & Tennis Electrical System Upgrade and Generator Installation as shown on the drawings and described herein. The general contractor shall provide and install all materials, unlesi noted otherwise. 2. Work Site: 800 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523. 3. Pgrmits. Licenses. Approvals. and Authorizations: Contractor must obtain all required governmental permits, licenses, approvals, and authorizations. 4. Commencement Date: Commencement Date shall be mutually agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Owner anticipates work to begin in August 14,2018. 5. Completion Date: Substantially completed by May 31,2019. The Completion Date will be subject to equitable adjustment if the Commencement Date is delayed pursuant to Subsection2.2A of the Contract. 6. Insurance Coverage: Certificates of Instuance shall be presented to Owner within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the Contractor of the Notice of Award and the unexecuted conhact, it being understood and agreed that the Owner will not approve and execute the Contract until acceptable insurance certificates are received and approved by Owner. Each contractor performing any work pursuant to a contract with Owner and each permittee ATTACHMENT A working under a permit as required pursuant to the provisions of Title 1 of Chapter 8 of the Code of Ordinances of the Village of Oak Brook Qrereinafter referred to as "Insured") shall be required to carry such insurance as specified herein. Such contactor and permittee shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract or permit insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work under the contract or permit, either by the contractor, permittee, or their agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. A contractor or permittee shall maintain insurance with limits no less than: A. General Liability - $2,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal inju.y and property damage, provided that when the estimated cost of the work in question does not exceed $25,000, the required limit shall be $1,000,000; B. Automobile Liability (if applicable) - $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage; C. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability - Worker's Compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of Illinois and Employer's Liability limits of $ 1,000,000 per accident. Any deductibles or self-insured retention must be declared to and approved by Owner. At the option of Owner, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductible or self- insured retention as respect to Owner, its offrcers, officials, employees and volunteers; or the Insrned shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses to the extent of such deductible or self-insured retention. The policies shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: D. General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage - (1) The Owner, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Insured; premises owned, occupied or used by the Insured. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the Owner, its officers, officials, employees, volunieers, or agents. (2) The Insured's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respect to the Owner, its officers, offrcials, employees, volunteers and agents. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the Owner, its offrcers, officials, imployees, volunteers or agents shall be in excess of the Insured's insurance and shall not contribute with it. (3) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect -2- ATTACHMENT A coverage provided to the Owner, its officers, ofEcials, employees, volunteers or agents. (4) The lnsured's insurance shall apply separately to each covered party against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. E. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Coverage The policy shall waive all rights of subrogation against the Owner, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents for losses arising from work performed by the insured for the Owner. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail has been given to Owner. Each insurance policy shall name the Owner, its officers, officials and employees, volunteers and agents as Additional Insureds. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a Best's rating oino less than A: VII. Each Insured shall fumish the Owner with certificates of insurance and with original endorsements effecting coverage required by this provision. The certificate and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurerto bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be on forms approved by the Owner and shall be subject to approval by the Village Attorney before work commences. The Owner reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. Each inswed shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall fumish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. Er, Builders Risk Insurance. This insurance must be written in completed value form, must protect Contractor and owner against "all risks" of direct physical loss to buildings, structures, equipment, and materials to be used in providing, performing, and completing the work, including without limitation fi[ extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, flood, earth movement and collapse, and must be designed for the circumstances thai may affect the Work. This insurance must be written with limits not less than the insurable value of the Work at completion. The insurable value must include the aggregate value of Owner-furnished equipment and materials to be constructeA oi installed by Contractor. trE ATTACHMENT A This insurance must include coverage while equipment or materials are in warehouses, during installation, during testing, and after the Work is completed, but prior to Final Payment. This insurance must include coverage while Owner is occupying all or any part of the Work prior to Final Payment without the need for the insurance company's consent. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. Contractor, at its sole cost and expense, must purchase this Insurance in the name of owner with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than $1,000,000. Umbrella Policy. The required coverage may be in the form of an umbrella policy above $2,000,000 primary coverage. All umbrella policies must provide excess coverage over underlying insurance on a following-form basis so that, when any loss covered by the primary policy exceeds the limits under the primary policy, the excess or umbrella policy becomes effective to cover that loss. Deductible. Each policy must have a deductible or self-insured retention of not more than $ F.Xnc XH.XOwner as Additional Insured. Owner must be named as an Additional Insured on the following policies: General Liabilitv The Additional Insured endorsement must identifu owner as follows: The Village of Oak Brook and its boards, commissions, committees, authorities, employees, agencies, officers, voluntary associations, and other units operating under the jurisdiction and within the appointment of its budget. L Other Parties as Additional Insureds. In addition to Owner, the following parties must be named as additional insured on the following policies: Additional Insured Kluber Architects & Engineers -4- Policy or Policies 7. ATTACHMENT A Contract Price: SCHEDULE OF PRICES A. LUⅣIP SUM CONTRACT l. For providing,perfolllling,and completing all Work,the total COntract Price of (″ri′θ′″″″〃bθ rs): S3π,θ 'aθ θ In words: Three Hundred and Seventv-Four Thousand. Eieht Hundred and Ninetv Dollars Progress Payments: General. owner must pay to contractor 90 percent of the value of work, determined in the manner set forth below, installed and complete in place up to the day before the Pay Request, less the aggregate of all previous progress Payments. The total amount of Progress Payments made prior to Final Acceptance by owner may not exceed 90 percent of the contract price. Value of Work. The Value of the Work will be determined as follows: (1) Lump Sum Items. For all work to be paid on a lump sum basis, Contractor must, not later than 10 days after execution of the Contract and before submitting its first Pay Request, submit to owner a schedule showing the value of each component part of such work in form and with substantiating data acceptable to owner ("Breakdown Schedule,,). The sum of the items listed in the Breakdown Schedule must equal the amount or amounts set forth in the schedule of Prices for Lump Sum work. An unbalanced Breakdown Schedule providing for overpayment of Contractor on component parts of the Work to be performed first will not be accepted. The Breakdown Schedule must be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to owner. No payment may be made for any lump sum item until contractor has submitted, and owner has approved, an acceptable Breakdown Schedule. Owner may require that the approved Breakdown Schedule be revised based on developments occurring during the provision and performance of the Work. If Contractor fails to submit a revised Breakdown Schedule that is acceptable to Owner, Owner will have the right either to suspend Progress and Final Payments for Lump Sum work or to make such Payments based on owner's determination of the value of the work completed. 8. A. B. ‐5- ATTACHMENT A (2) Unit Price Items. For all Work to be paid on a unit price basis, the value of such work will be determined by owner on the basis of the actual number of acceptable units of unit Price Items installed and complete in place, multiplied by the applicable Unit Price set forth in the Schedule of Prices. The actual number of acceptable units installed and complete in place will be measured on the basis described in Attachment B to the contract or, in the absence of such description, on the basis determined by owner. The number of units of Unit Price Items stated in the Schedule of Prices are owner's estimate only and may not be used in establishing the Progress or Final Payments due contractor. The contract Price will be adjusted to reflect the actual number of acceptable units of unit Price Items installed and complete in place upon Final Acceptance. C. Application of Payments. All Progress and Final Payments made by Owner to Contractor will be applied to the payment or reimbursement of the costs with respect to which they were paid and will not be applied to or used for any pre- existing or unrelated debt between Contractor and Owner or between Contractor and any third party. 9. Per Diem Administrative Charse: $500 per day. 10. StandardSpecifications: The Contract also includes Owner's Village Code and Building Codes. References to any of these codes means the latest editions effective on the date of the bid opening. See Attachment D for any special project requirements. -6‐ ATTACHMENT B VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEPI UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLATION ATTACHⅣIENT B SPECIFICAT10NS SECT10N 00 01 01 PROJECT TITLE PAGE PROJECT MANUAL FOR VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K―BATH&TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPcRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLA丁 10N 800 0AK BR00K ROAD OAK BR00K,lLLINOIS 60523 OWNER VILLAGE OF OAKBR00K 1200 0AK BR00K ROAD OAK BR00K,IL 60523 ARCHITECT′ENCINEER KLUBER ARCHlTECTS+ENGINEERS 10S,SHUMWAY AVE, BATAViA,lLLINOIS 60510 END OF DOCUMENT PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 oo o1 01‐1copyngh1 2018 by KLUBERIINC.;A∥Rlghts Reserved SECT10N 00 01 01 PRO」ECT TITLE PAGE SECT:ON 00 01 07 SEALS PAGE l。01 DES:GN PROFESS:ONALS'SEALS A. ELECttRICAL ENGINEER Bo MECHANICAL ENGINEER END OF DOCUMENT PRO」ECT NO.18‐172-1179 000107‐1Copynght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC.;A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 00 01 07 SEALS PACE SECT:ON 0001 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCUREMENTAND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS introductory infomation Project Title Page Seals Page Table of Contents Drawing lndex Preliminary Schedule 01 1000 013000 014100 014200 015000 016000 017000 017800 017900 031000 032000 033000 000101 000107 ∞0110 000115 003113 SPECIFiCAT10NS PACES 000101‐1‐1000107‐1‐1000110‐1‐2000115‐1‐10031‐13‐1‐1PAGES 011011-1‐201300o_1‐501410o_1_2 014200_1_4 0150001_3 01600い 1_4 01700←1_6 017800‐1_4 01790o_1‐303100o_1_3 032000_1_2 03300o_1‐6099113-1-4 Division 01 - General Requiremenb Summary Adminishative Requiremenb (1 page attachment) Regulatory Requirements References Temporary Facilities and Controls Product Requirements (1 page attachment) Execution and Closeout Requirements Closeout Submittals Demonstration and Training Division 03 - Concrete Concrete Forming and Accessories Concrete Reinforcing Cast-in-Place Concrete Division 09・口Finishes 09 91 13 ExteriOr Paintlng Division 23・ ,Heating,Ventilating,and Ai卜 Conditioning{HVAC) . 23 11 13 Fac∥ity Fuel‐011 Piplng Division 26・口Electrical 26 05 00 Basic Electrical Requlrements PRO」ECT NO,18-172‐1179 oo ol 10‐1Copy19h1 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rlghis Reserved 231113‐1‐4260500_1_3 SECTloN 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS 260501 260502 260519 260529 260535 262100 262413 263213 263600 260501‐1_2 260502‐12 26051)1‐8260529‐1‐22605331‐8262100‐4‐3262413-1‐4263213…1‐14 263600‐16 312200_1_3 312316.13‐1‐4323129‐1‐4329219‐1_3 Minor Elect∥calDemolilon Electrical ldentincaliOn ConductOrs and Devlces Supporting Devices Raceways and Boxes Low・ Voltage ttectricd Service Entrance Service and DlsMbution Engine Generators Transfer Switches Divlsion 31 - Earthwork 312200 Grading 312316.13 Trenching Divislon 32 .- Exterior lmprcvements 323129 Wood Fences and Gates 329219 Seeding END OF SECTION PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 oo ol 10‐20opy∥9ht2018 by KLUBER,INC.:All R19hts Reserved SECT10N 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECT:ON 00 01 15 DRAW:NG INDEX GENERAL G100 COVER SHEE丁 ,GENERAL NOTES,SYMBOLS&DRAWING INDEX ELECTRICAL E100 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS LiST&PANEL SCHEDULES E200 ELECTRICAL DEMOLIT10N FL00R PLAN E300 ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL REMODEL FL00R PLAN E500 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS END OF DOCUMENT PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 Copy∥gh12018 by KLUBER,INC.;A∥Rights Reserved SECT!oN 00 01 15 DRAWING INDEX 000115-1 SECT10N 00 31 13 PREL:M:NARY SCHEDULE l.01 GENERAL A.The fo∥owing represents the prelmlnary construction schedule forthe Work.This schedule is the curent eslmate ofthe Ownerlo be used for purposes ofbidding,A∥Bidders sha∥include the costs ofa∥ovenimel dOuble‐shn,or sO_called mpremlum・ 11me that may be necessary 10 meetthls m∥estone, 1.02 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE A,Award of Contract: July 10,2018 B,Commencement of Construc10ni August14,2018 C.Substanld Compblon: May 3112019 END OF DOCUMENT PRO」ECT NO,18‐1721179 oo 31 13‐1Copyrlght 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 00 31 13 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE SECTiON 01 10 00 SuMMARY PART l GENERAL l.01 PROJECT A Pttecl Name:VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K-3ATH&TENNis CLUB STANDBY GENERATOR, B.Owners Name:V∥age of Oak Brook C.Archlledだ ngineers Name:KluberArchttcls+Engineers. 1.02 00NTRACT DESCR!PT10N A.&∥ 識 ∬:為亀]明黒濯器愚 1眼計 F棚雷躙 :]鵠轟 :讐常 ::1:j!l涙記 1.03 DESCR:PT:ON OF ALTERAT10NS WORK A.Scope ofdemo∥lon and removal workis shown on dra輛 ngs. B Scope of alleraJons wOrkis shown on dra哺 ngs C,New equipment pads,fencing and side walk modincaliOns..a酬憮欄悌郵踊聯躙器鮨棚出l船盤濾躙 t降 E,Construclon of new elecllical servlce entrance equipment at existing service point,transfer s面 lch and distrbu10n systems for Bath&Tennも Club electHcal dも tnbuJOn systems as indicated and reasonably inferable in the contracl documents F Coordinalon of Commonweanh Edison Co plmary empty condun syslem 10 e∥minate One servlce point G.Temporary electncal service for outages that exceed a duralon of 12 hours fOrthe cOnlnued operation ofthe vi∥age complex H.Retro‐lt of exislng Bath and Tennis Ciub electncal dist"bution to e!iminale mele∥ng and service entrance equipment as genera∥y hdicated or reasonably inferable in the cOntract documents. L RestoraJon of site hndscaph9 due to 6onstruclon,demd∥on,excavalon and directbnd bOnng activnies J. HVAC: Alter existing and add new cOnstruclion Bunding natural gas syslem l,04 0WNER OCCUPANCY A Owner hlends to cOnlnue t0 0∝upy adiaCent ponbns Ofthe e厠 slng bJtthg du洒 ng the enlre construction period B.Cooperate wtth Ownerlo minimize conlict and to fac∥tate Owners OperatiOns C Schedule the Work tO accommodate Owner occupancy. PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1179 ol 10 00‐1copynghi 2018 by KLUBER,INCI NI Rights ReseⅣed SECTloN 01 lo oo SUMlt4ARY 1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OFSITE AND PREM:SES A.Arrange use of sile and premises to allow: 1,Owner occupancy. 2. Use of sle and premiseS bythe pub∥c, B,Pro宙 de a∝essto and bm dte as Юqttred by hw and by Owner i諄慟懺識:肺蝋馳蕊l揚肥鵠酬柵.如"other publlc ways luthout perrnit. C. Existing bu∥ding spaces may not be used for storage. ' D. Utilly outages and Shutdown: 1. Do not diSrupl or shul down∥fe safety systemsiincluding bui not∥mited 10 1re sprinklers and lЮ Jam sptem,輛 thout 2 weeks nolce to Owner and authoH∥es ha宙 ng如百Sdblon. 2. Limil shutdown of ulilly services to 8 hours at a tirne,arranged atleast 2 weeks in advance wnh owner. 3.Shutlown lmestO o∝ur on Saturdaプ s Only. 4.Prevent acddentd dbruplon of ullity services to otherfad∥les. PART 2 PRODUCTS口 NOT USED PART 3 EXECUT:ON・ NOT USED END OF SECT10N PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 011000_2 Copy∥ght 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 01 10 oo SUMMARY SECT:ON 01 30 00 ADMIN:STRATiVE REQU:REMENTS PART l GENERAL l.01 SECT10N:NCLUDES A.Pre∞nstruction mee“ng. B Progress meelngs. C Construction progress schedule D.Submtlatt br鯰」eЩ hforrnatbn,and pttect dOSeout E.ArchnecvEngineer‐provided CAD lles, F. Numberof oopleS OfSubmitals. G Submttat procedures l.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS A.Section 01 70 00‐Execulon and Closeout Requiremenls:Addlional coOrdinalon requirements. B.Sectbn 01 78 00‐Cbseout Submitaに :Prolect record documents. PART 2 PRODuCTS・ NOT uSED PART 3 EXECUT:ON 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTiON MEET:NG A Architecttngineer面 ∥schedu!e a meelng a魚 3r Notice ofAward. B.Atendance required: 1 0wner. 2.Archlecυ Engineer 3 Contraclor. C,Agendal l.ArchilecVEnginee「wl∥prepare and provide Agenda forthis meeung only D端躍濯1闇 i譜臓慇l」i繊讐摺毬瑠l調常]]ピ HnS me引 "mv. 3.02 PROCRESS MEET:NeS A,Make aFangements for mee∥ngs,prepare agenda輌 th coples for panicipanls,preside at meelngs B Attendance Required: 1.Contraclor 2. Owner 3 Archilecぜ Engineer 4 Contractor:s Superintendent PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o13000-1 cOpylght2018 by KLUBER,lNCI A∥Rights ReseⅣed SECTloN 01 30 00 ADMINlsTRATIVE REQulREMENTS C. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. ldentificaiion of problems that impede, or will impede, planned pmgress. 5. Review of Submittals schedule and status of Submittals. 6. Maintenance of prognss schedule. 7. Conective measures to regain projected schedules. 8. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 9. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 10. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 1 l.Other business relating to Work. D. Record minutes and distribute copies wilhin 2 days afier meeting to participants, with copies to ArchitecVEngineer, Ourner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.03 CONSTRUCTIONPROGRESSSCHEDULE A. Within 7 days afler date of the Agreement, submit preliminary schedule. B. lf preliminary schedule requires revision afier review, submit reMsed schedule within 7 days. C. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. 3.04 Submittals FOR REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. B. Submit to ArchitecVEngineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, pmvide copies and distribute in accordance with Submiftal PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittats. 3.05 Submithls FOR INF0RMATION A. when the following are specified in individual sections, submir them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Certificates. 3. Test repo(s. 4. lnspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instl.uctions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. 7. Other types indicated. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o13000-2 CopyHght 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R9hts Reserved SECTloN 01 30 00 ADMINlsTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS B. Submitfor ArchitecUEngineer's knowledge as contracl administrator or for Owner. No action will be taken. 3.06 Submithls FOR PR0JECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit Conection Punch List for Substantial Completion. B. Submit Final Conection Punch List for Subsiantial Completion. C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project Closeout: 1. Proiect record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Wananties. 4. Bonds. 5. Other types as indicated. D. Submit for 0wne/s benefit during and after Projecl complelion. 3.07 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER.PROVIDED CAD FILES A. Afier lhe execution of the Contract, ArchitecUEngineer will provide, free of charge, upon receiot of a propedy completed and signed request utilizing "Electmnic Data Transfer Conseni Form'at'the end ofthis Specification Section, CAD flles depicling gnaphic information for the projecl as follows: 1. Architectural Floor Plans: Column grid, raalls, floors, stains, doors, windoua, room numbers, ceiling grid, mechanical diffusers, plumbing fixtures, spdnkler heads (if depicted in Bid Documents) and lights. B. Contractor acknowledges and accepts that the Architectural Floor Plans do not contain structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection and other building systems information depicted in the Bidding Documents. Examples of information not contained in these files include, but are not limited 10, title blocks, keynotes, schedules, mechanical ductwork and equipment, electrical device symbols, circuit numbers and home runs, plumbing equipment, piping runs and riser diaorams. and architectural/engineering text or details. No olher CAD liles, data or information willie provided. C. Only requests from Prime Contractors will be honored. Subcontractors must obtain the files from thek respective Prime Contractors. D. ln submitting a request, Contractor acknow,ledges that: 1 . ArchitecUEngineer bears no responsibility for the data or its transmission, 2. Us€ of lhe data by the Conkactor or his Subcontractors in no way relieves the Contractor of his obligations under the Contract, 3. Contractor is solely liable for any and all claims arising from any and all products generaled by the Contractor or its Subcontractors employing the data, 4. Contractor and its Subcontractois have a limited, non-exclusive license to use the data solely in connection with the Work of the Proiect, and lhat 5. Architect/Engineer retains all rights, including copyright, to lhe data. PRO」ECT N0 18 172 1179 o1 30 00‐3Copy∥9h12018 by KLU8ER,INC=A∥R ghis Reserved SECTloN 01 30 00 ADMINIsTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 3.08 NUMBER OF COP:ES OF Submittais 瘍概L柵哩酬認』梶i脚」:滞 %闇 :脚 :鱚珈留留叩能 B Samplesi Submn the number specined in individual specinbatiOn sections;One of which輛 ∥be retained by ArchbcVEngineer. 1.AlerreMew,produce dup∥cates 2.Retalned samp:es哺 ∥not be retumed lo cOntractor unless specinca∥y so stated 3.09 Submtta!PROCEDURES A Shop Dra輛 ng Procedures:■PrepaЮ accudQ drawnお、“ゎ゛∥ghawttr輔 "“ ∞men鰤。n by nerprelng lhe Contracl Documents and coordinating rek 2.CeneJc,non‐proled‐specnc hfomalon submlted as shop drawlngs dO not meetthe requrements for shop drawlngs. Shop Drawing Procedures: 1. Prepare accurate, drawn-lo-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting the Conhact Documents and coordinating related Work. 2' Genedc, non-project specific informarion submitted as shop drawings do nor meet the requirements for shop drawings. Transmit each Submittal with a copy of approved Submittal form. Transmit each Submittal with AIA Form G810. sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise Submiftals with original number and a sequential alphabelic suffix. ldentify Project, contractor, subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specificalion section number, as appropriate on each copy. G. Apply contracto/s stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Producls required, field dimensions, adiacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. H. Deliver Submittals to ArchitecUEngineer at business address. l. schedule submittals to expedite the project, and coordinate submission of related items. J. For each submiftal for review, allow 20 days excluding delivery time to and from the contractor. K. clearly identify variations from the contraot Documents. Regardless of the type of variation. Contractor is solely responsible for errors in the field that ariie from suomittai variationliiom tt. requirements of the Contract Documents if those variations were nol expressly notal to ,ra.in.rrr, identify for and describe to the reviewer the nature of the variation from the c,int".rOooi,rrnir. "' L. ldentify variations from conhact Documents and product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.CD. E.FPRO」ECT N0 18172‐1179 013000‐4Copy∥9h12018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 01 30 00 ADMINlsTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS M. Conelate submitted items with specified products; clearly indicate the specified product that conesponds to each submitted item. N. When options or optional features available for a Product are indicated in a Submittal, and selections for those optionsffeatures are indicated in the Contract Documents, identify on the Submittalthe selection indicated in the Contract Documents. o. Provide space for contractor and ArchitecuEngineer review stamps. P. When revised for resubmission, using clouds, highlights or other means acceptable to the Architect, identify all changes made since previous submission. Resubmittals that do not clearly identify all changes may be delayed and/or retumed to the Contractor unreviewed. Q. The Contractor is entitled to 1 Resubmittals of any Shop Drawing, Product Data, or Closeout Submittal item rejected by the Architect or retumed by the Architect for further action. Thereafter, the Contractor shall pay the cost of all further Architect's reviews of Shop Drawing, product Data or Closeout Submittal, at a rate of $200.00/hour. Cost of such further reviews wiil bi deducted from the Contract Sum by Change Order. R. Distribute reviewed Submittals as appropriate. lnstruct parties to promptly reporl any inability to comply with requirements. S, Submittals not requested willnot be recognized or processed. T. Submittal reviews may be delayed and/or Submittals may be retumed unreviewed for any of lhe following reasons: 1, Submittals submifted outside the scheduled dates of the Submittal Schedule. 2. Submittals are incomplete or are missing information, 3' Submittals are not submitted in accordance with procedures outlined in this Section (i.e. spec Section number not indicated, missing Contractor's review stamp, submifted items not correlated with specified products). 3.10 SUBMITTAL REVIEW A. Submittals for Review: Architect/Engineer will review each submittal, and approve, or take other appropriate action. B. ArchitecUEngineer's actions will be reflected by marking each returned submittalusing actual stamp on hard copies of submittals. END OF SECTION PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o13000‐5Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed SECT!oN 01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Kluber Architects + Engineers www.kluberinc.com Prolect Namα Project No.: Owner: YourWork: ELECTRON:C DATA TRANSFER CONSENT FORM BATH&TENNIS CLUB 800 0AK BR00K ROAD OAK BR00K,lLLINO:S60523 18-172‐1179 VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K―BATH&TENNiS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLAT10N KLUBER, lNC. (hereinafter refened to as 'Kluber) an lllinois corporation, is providing ele-chonic data to you solely at your request and for your convenience. By accepting and opening any of the eleclronic data files, you agree that Kluber bears no liability for the data or its hansmission to you and that you are solely liable for any and all claims referring or relating to any and all products you, or your Subcontrac'tors, may generate with the data. You acknowledge that you have a limited noncxclusive license to use the information solely in connection with your uork on the project captioned above, and that Kluber retains all rights, including copyright, to the data. Ac*nowledged by: Company: Date: (Printed Name)(Signature) Architectural Floor Plans are transmitted for the contraclors' use as backgrounds for shop drawings and as-built drawings, and, as such, contain graphic information for column grid, walls, floors, stairs, doors, windows, room numbers, ceiling grid, lights, diffusers and sprinkler heads wfiere indicated on Bid Documents. Plans !g[ contain title blocks, keynotes, schedules, mechanical ductwork and equipment, electrical device symbols, circuil numbers and home runs, plumbing equipment, piping runs and riser diagrams, and architectural/engineering text and details. Plans depict entire floors and are not formatted, partial plans as depic'ted in the Bidding Documents. Files are provided in R2013 .DWG format.) Kane Coun,OffCe 10 South Shunlway Avenue Balavia,|∥inois 60510 6304061213 Lake County OTce 4212 01d Gttnd Ave,Ste lol 61lrnee,∥∥nois 60031 6473363428 Mctean COunty Ofrlce 108 E Bcau101 street,Box 10 No「mal∥∥noヽ 61761 3094306460 SECT:ON 01 41 00 RECULATORY REQU:REMENTS PARTl GENERAL l.01 SECT:ON:NCLUDES A.CeneraL B Delnlions. C.Qua∥ty Assurance. D Regulatory Requirements l.02 RELATED SECT:ONS A Seclion 01 10 00‐summary. B.Seclion 01 42 00‐References l.03 GENERAL A, Compiy Ⅵ "th a∥ app"cable la■6,ru!es,regulalons,∞des and OrdinancesB榊蝙椰褥織1ぶ躙 i蹴昴鯰出∬椒鵡e C.l sha∥not be the pontraclors p"mary respolsib∥ily to make cettin thatthe COntracl Documents are in accordance哺 th a∥applicab僣 lawvs,rules and regula∥Ons,hottver,when the COntractOr 織紫橘∫朧蹴零:lよ ]∥需儡恐襄iv朧 11瀧胤 ∥∬瀧驚認:L亀『踏:|に 1.04 DEFiN:T10NS A. Defntions: 1.Codesi Codes are statulory requiremenls,rules or regulations of govemmental en■ies2 Standards:Standards are requiremenls that have been estab∥shed as accepled crte“a,setgenerai consent l.05 QUAL:TY ASSuRANCE A. The Architect/Engineerhasdesignedthepl∥ ::::l議 ,p∥ Cable code requiremenls and has cOples of sald codes ava∥able forthe cOntraclors in B The Contracto「sha∥:l Ensure that coples of codes and standards referenced herein or specned h hdiMdual 2h鵬燎i『:l卿瀾柵T:器認｀器Pξi織 l躍嬬:ぼ酬鑑♀滞d°に ble codes and standards. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 014100‐10opy“9ht2018 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥Rights Resenred SECTloN 01 41 oo REGuLAToRY REQUIREMENTS 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS , A,Source and Requirements:Ve」″amendments with bcal code o葡 cials. 1.Local code requirements: a. ICC lnternational Bu∥ding Code,2015 Edition. b. ICC lntemational Mechanical Code,2015 Edition. c, ICC lnternational Fire Code,2015 Edition. d. ICC lnternational Propetty Maintenance Code,2015 Edlion. e. ICC Elect∥cal Code,2014 Edilion。 2.State code requirements: a.Capital DeVelopment Board(CDB):|∥inOls Accesslb∥ly Code,1997 ЁdliOn, b.∥inois Depanment Of Labor(IDOL):Safety Glazing Mate」als Act‐Ⅲinois Revised Statutes, chap.111172,paragraph 3101,et seq. c.Ⅲinois Depattment of Publll Heakh(lDPH): 1)∥lhOも PttmЫ ng Code(∥hdS Admhttra∥ve Code,Tlb 77,Chapね『|,subchapterr, Pa咸 890). d.Ⅲin6is Enlronmental PЮ leCtiOn Agency(lEPA): 1)Ai卜 Po∥ulon Standards. 2)Noise Po∥ulon Standards. 3)Water Pdhlon Standards, 4)Pub∥C Water Supplbs 5)So∥d Waste Standards, 6)ⅢinoiS Recommended Standards for Sewage Work. e,Ⅲinois State Fire Marshal(OSFM): 1)BOiler&Pressure Vessel Safety Code(ⅢinOis Administrauve cOde,Tlle 44,Chapterl, Pan 120). 21 111inOb Rutts&Regdalons for ttre Prevenlon&Safety(as amended)。 3)Gaso∥ne and Volalle O∥s(IⅢhOis Revised Statutes,chap.171氾 ,paragraph 31,et Seq.)。 3.lnforlna∥on and Requirements for U∥∥ty SeⅣlces:Local ulility companies. PART 2 PRODUCTS・ NOT uSED PART 3 EXECUT10N・ NOT USED END OF SECT:ON PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 014100-2 Copyrigh1 2018 by KL∪BER,INC.:A∥R19hts Reserved SECT10N 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS sEcTtoN 01 42 00 REFERENCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Drawing symbols, abbreviations and aironyms. B. Defnitions of terns used throughout the Contract Documents. C. Explanation of specification format and content. D. Requkements relating to referenced standards. E. Applicability of referenced standards. F. List of industry organizations and certain of their respective documents. 1,02 DRAWING SYMBOLS AND CONVENTIONS A. Abbreviations and graphic symbols are defined on lhe General Notes, Symbols & Abbreviations sheet of the drawings. B. Generally, symbols used on the mechanical and electrical dnawings conform to those recommended by ASHME, though, where appropriate, these symbols are supplemented bv more specific symbols as recommended by ASME, ASpE, or the IEEE. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. where the terms 'indicated", "noted", 'scheduled", 'shown", or'specified' are used it is to helo locate the reference; no limitation on location is intended except as specifically noted. B. where lhe terms "dhected', 'requesled', 'authorized', 'approved', are used as in .directed bv ihe ArchitecuEngineer', no implied meaning shall be construed to extend the ArchitecuEnginee/s responsibilities into the Contracto/s puruiew of construction supervision. c. where the term "approved' is used in conjunction with the ArchitecvEngineer's action on submittals, requests or applications it is limited to the duties of the ArchitecUEngineer as described in the Agreement, and the General and Supplemental Conditions ofthe Contrait. Such use of the term 'approval" shall not limit or release the Contractor from his responsibility to ful{ill Contract requirements. D. Where the term 'regulations- is used it means all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, and orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as construction industry standards, rules, or conventions that address performance of the Work. E. Where the term'furnish'is used it means supply, deliver, and unload to the construclion site ready for assembly and incorporation into lhe Wo*. F. where the term 'install" is used it is meant to describe operations at the job site to include unloading, assembling, placing, anchoring, finishing, protecting, cleaning and all other similar operations requked to fully incorporate an item into the Work. G, Where the term "provide" is used il means "furnish and install" as delined above. PROJECT NO. 18-172-1179 01 42 00 - 1 sEcTtoN 01 42 0o Copyrighl 2018 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved REFERENCES H. The 'Poject site' is the space available to the contractor for performance of construction activities, The Project Site may be for the exclusive use of the Contractor and his activities or may be used in conjunction with others with others performing other construction or related activilies on the Project. The E(ent of the Project Site is indicated on the drawings. 1,04 SPECIFICATION FORMATANDCONTENT A. These Specifications are based on the Construction Specification lnstitute's 49 Division format and numbering system. B. Language used in lhe Specifications and other contract Documents is an abbreviated type, lmplied words and meanings will appropriately interpreted. c. Requirements expressed in imperative and streamlined language are to be performed by the Contractor. At cerlain locations in the text, subjective language may be used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfllled indirectly by the Contractor or others. 1 . Whenever a colon 0 us used within a sentence or phrase, it shall be construed to mean the words 'shall be'. D. Use of certain terms such as 'carpentry' is not intended to imply that certain activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a coresponding generic name. The Specifications do, however, require that certain construction activiiies shall be performed by specialists who are recognized experts in the operations to be performed. Specialists shall be used for said activities, however the final responsibility for fulfllling the requhements ofthe Contract remains the Conkaclo/s. 1.05 QUALITYASSUMNCE A. For products or workmanship specified by reference to a documenl or documents not included in the Project Manual, also refened to as reference standards, comply with requirements ofthe standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference slandard of date of issue specified in this section, except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C. Obtain copies of standards wtren required by lhe Contract Documents. D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion. E' Should specified reference slandards conflict with Conkact Documents, request clarification from the ArchitecUEngineer before proceeding. F. Neither the contlactual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those 0f the ArchitecUEngineer shall be altered by the Conkact Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.06 APPLICABILITY OF INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. conshuction industry standards shall have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly in the Contract Documents, except where more stringent requirements are specifld. All such applicable standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o14200‐2Copylgh12018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥Rights Reserved SECT10N 01 42 00 REFERENCES l Where compliance面 th lwo or more standards are referenced and∞nlicling requirements fOr 9uJW。「quanthわ s occur,comply wth the more stlngentreqJrements.Refer ques10ns 2硝鵬欄猾柵盛滉胤Ⅷ靱黒顆柵um ons legarding standards of minimum quanty or quanttylo the Archilect before pЮ Oeeding l.07 00NSTRuCT:ON:NDuSTRY ORCANIZAT10NS AND DOCuMENTS A ACi―AMERiCAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE INTERNAT10NAL B.ACA―AMERICAN GAS ASSOCiAT:ON C AISC―AMERiCAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCT10N,INC. D.ANS:―AMERICAN NAT10NAL STANDARDS iNSTITUTE E,ASHRAE―AMERiCAN SOCiETY OF HEATIN9,REFRIGERATING AND AIR‐COND!TloNINGENG!NEERS,INC F.ASME―THE AMERICAN SOC!ETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS l ASMEA171‐Safew Code fOr ttevators and Escalatorsi 2004 G.ASTM―AMERICAN SOclETY FOR TESTING AND Aム TER:ALS H AWS―AMERICAN WELDINC SOCiETY L CPSC―CONSUMER PRODUCTS SAFETY 00MMISS:ON 」 FM―FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH CORPORAT10N K iCC―lNTERNAT10NAL CODE COUNCIL,INC. L. lEEE―INSTITUTE OF ELECTRiCAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS M.lSO…INTERNAT10NALSTANDARDS ORCANIZAT!ON N NCMA―NAT10NAL CONCRETE MASONRY ASSOCIAT10N O.NEMA―NAT10NAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIAT10N P NFPA―NAT10NAL FIRE PROTECT10N ASSOCiAT10N Q SSPC―THE SOCiETY FOR PROTECTiVE COATINGS R.UL―UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. 1.08 UNITED STATES 00VERNMENT AND RELATED ACENC:ESIDOCuMENTS A CFR―CODE OF FEDERAL REGULAT10NS B.CPSC‐・CONSUMER PRODUCTS SAFETY 00MMISS10N C EPA―ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT10N ACENCY D.FS‐‐FEDERAL SPECiFICAT10NS AND STANDARDS(General Services Administration) E GSA…U S GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRAT10N PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o14200‐3Copyrigh1 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 01 42 00 REFERENCES F. USCStt UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY l.09 STATE 00VERNMENT AND RELATED AGENC!ESrDOCUMENTS A.CDB―ILLINOIS CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT BOARD B.IDOL―ILLINOIS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR C.lDPH―ILLINOIS DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH D,IEPA―lLLINOIS ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT10N AGENCY E.OSFM-OFFICE OF ttHE ILLINOIS STATE FIRE MARSHAL. PART 2 PRODUCTS・ NOT USED PART 3 EXECUT10N・ NOT USED END OF SECTiON PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 o14200‐4Copy∥ght 2018 by KL∪BERサ lNC;A∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 01 42 00 REFERENCES SECT:ON 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FAC:L「:ES AND CONTROLS PART l GENERAL l,01 SECT:ON INCLUDES A.Temporary ul∥jes. B Temporarytelecommunications servces. C.Temporary sannaryfac∥Ⅲes. D.Tempolary ControlsI Bariers,enclosures,and fencing. E.Secunly requirements F. Vehicular access and parking. G Waste removalfaci1lies and services l.02 TEMPORARY UT:LITIES A.Owner面 ∥proⅥde the fo∥o輌 ng: 1.Elecllcal power and mete"ng,Oonsisting Of∞nnection to exising fac∥lies. 2.Waler supp!y,∞nsヽ lng of connection lo exisling faci∥ “ es. B.Exisrng faci∥ “ es may be used C.Use t"gge「operated no221eS fOr water hoses,lo avold wasle ofwaler. 1.03 TELECOMMUNICAT:ONS SERViCES A.PЮ vide,maintain,and pay fortelecommunications seMces lo leld of「ce at ume OfprOlect mobi∥zalon B:Telecommunicalions services sha∥include: 1.One(1)mob∥e ce∥JartebphOne for each of Contractors and any Sub∞ntractors ldd personneli 2 Emal Accounlladdress reserved for prolect use. 1.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FAC:LIT:ES A Use of exisling fac∥ities is perrnited B Maintain daily in clean and san tary condition C At end of oonstruclion,return faci!ties lo same o「better condmon as Ongina∥y fOund l.05 BARR:ERS A Provide barners tO prevent unauthonzed entry lo construclion areas,lo prevent access tO areas 螺織糧ll富:織 l基 ∬1需品::1月呻犠胤:鮨 Ⅷ託:器織i謂獣fЮm demo∥tion PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 o15000‐10opy∥ght 2018 bb7 KLUBER,INC IA∥Rghts Reserved SECTloN 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B. Provide banicades and covered walkwaye required by goveming authorities for public rights-of-way , C. Provide protection for plants designated to remain. Replace damaged plants. D. Protect non{wned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1.06 FENCING A, Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence. B. Provide 6 foot high fence.around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. 1.07 SECUR]TY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Ownefs operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B. Coordinate with olure/s security program. 1.08 VEHICULARACCESS AND PARKING A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles. B. Coordinate access and haul routes with goveming authorities and Owner. C. Pmvide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. E. Existing parking areas may be used for construction parking. 1.09 WASTE REMOVAL A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly cond ition. B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically. c. lf materials to be recycled or rc-used on the projecl must be stored on-site, provide suitable non'combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside lhe structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. D. Open free'fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into approlriate containeB with lids, {,,I0 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. B. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condilion, PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o15000‐2Copy∥ght 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 2 PRODUCTS・ NOT USED ' PART 3 EXECUT:ON・ NOT uSED END OF SECT:ON PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 o15000-3 cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,iNC.:A∥Rights Reserved SECT!oN 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FAC:LITIES AND CONTROLS SECT:ON 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUiREMENTS PART l GENERAL l.01 SECT:ON:NCLUDES A.General producl requirements, B Re‐use of exislng producls. C.TransponarOn,hand∥ng,slorage and proleclon. D Product opliOn requirements, E Substhulon“mialons and procedures. F Mainlenance mate"als,including extra mate∥als,spare paお ,lools,and sOtware. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A:器靴靴lmょ靴憮1器 :鶴柵¶ど鷺胤滉λ柵ぷ憮Pyわ standad data to pro宙 de hfomalon spednc lo thも Proled B Shop Dra輌 ng Submitds Prepared specncalvfOrthも Prolecti mdcale u∥wand electttcal characLnslcs,u∥iw∞nneCtbn requirements,and bmlon of untt Oulets fOr service fOr 仙nctiona!equipment and app∥ances PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXISTINC PRODuCTS A Do notuse mate∥als and equipment removed from exも lng premヽ es unless specnca∥y required or pemited bythe Contract Documents.臥棚T贈 :踊 :脚 Ⅷ:糖 l悧 |』撚蜘聰踪服I嶋柵面 '° mtt pЮ mttyQ酬轍柵Wm淋盤ttti鷲柵艦twЩ D.Reused Products: Reused products include matenals and equipment pre,Ously used in this Or other consttt」ction,saivaged and refurbished as specined. 2,02 NEW PRODUCTS A Provide new pЮ ducts unless specinca∥y required or perrnited by the Conlracl Documents B. Designed,manufactured,and tested in accordance wnh industry standards 2.03 PRODUCT OPT:ONS A Producls Specined by Reference Standards or by Descrlption Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o16000‐1Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INCIA∥Rights Resewed SECTloN 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allorrrred. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitulions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 2.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Fumish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site and place in location directed by Owner's representative; obtain owner,s signature on receipt for delivery prior to final payment. submit signed receipts with closeout Submitlals. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTIONPROCEDURES A. substitutions Prior To Bid opening: ArchitecuEngineer will consider a written request for substitution provided that such request is received at least 6 days prior to the Bid opening date. Requests received after that time will not be considered. lf a request is approved, ihe - ArchitecuEngineer will issue and appropriale addendum not less than 5 days prior lo the Bid opening date. B, Substitutions After Notice of Award: ArchitecUEngineer will consider a request for substitution only under one or more of the following conditions: 1. substitution is requhed for compliance with final interpretation of code requirements or insurance regulations, 2, Specified product is not available through no fault of lhe Conkactor. 3. Specilied product is not compatible with other specified materials/equipment. 4. Manufacturer will not cert'rfy or warranty specified product as required. C. Document each request utilizing Substjtution Request Form following this section with comolete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. Incomplete requests will not be considered. D. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: '1. Has investigated proposed product and determined thai it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. will coordinate installation and make changes to other work that may be requked for the work to be compleie with no additional cost to Owner. waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequenfly become aooarent. will reimburse owner for ArchitecvEngineer review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. E. Substitutions of products or producl characteristics/components/accessories will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Contractor's submittals, without separate written request, or PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o16000‐2CopyHgh1 2018 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQulREMENTS when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents, wfrether rejection of said substitutions is expressly identffied by ArchitecUEngineer on Contraclo/s submittals or not. F. Substitution Submittal Pmcedure: 1. Submit two copies of request for substitution for consideration. Submit a separate Substitution Request Form and accompanying documentation for each proposed substitution. 2. Provide the following minimum documentation with each Substitution Request Form: a. Product identification, manufacturer, product data including dimensions and weight, performance and installalion instructions. b. Side-by-side itemized comparison of proposed substitution with specified product. c. Coordination information including other modifications rcquired as a result of proposed substitution. d. Cosl information including the effect of the proposed substitution on the Contract Sum. 3. Sign and date the Substitution Request Form. 4. ArchitecvEngineer will notify submitter in writing of decision to accept or reiect request. 3.02 TMNSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid loss of factory calibration. B. lf special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging. C. Coordinate schedule of poduct delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. D. Tiansport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer,s instructions. E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of sunounding areas. F. Promptly inspect shipments 1o ensure that producls comply with requirements, quantities are conect, and producis are undamaged. G. Provide equipment and personnelto handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. H. Anange for the return of packing malerials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3,03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in orderto minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. B. Store and protect producls in accordance with manufacturers' inskuctions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. slore sensitive products in weathertight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. PRO」ECT N0 18-172-1179 o16000‐3Copy∥9ht 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. G, Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather, precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other contaminanls. H. Comply with manufacture/s wananty conditions, if any, l. Do not store products directly on the ground. J. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. K. Prevent contact with materialthat may cause corTosion, discoloration, or staining. L. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfiguremenl, or damage. M. Anange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION PROJECT N0 18‐472-1179 016000‐4Copyright 2018 by KL∪BER,INC.:A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQU!REMENTS K:uber Archltects+Engineers www.kluberinc.com SUBSTITUT10N REQUEST FORM PRO」ECT: VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K―BATH&丁 ENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM uPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLAT10N SPECIFIED I丁 EM: Specification Section Page Paragraph The underslgned requests consideration ofthe fo∥owing: PROPOSED SUBSTITU丁 10N: Description Attached data includes project description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified. Attached data also includes a description of changes to the Contract Documents wtrich the proposed subsltution will require for its proper installation, ihe undersigned certifies that the following paragraphs, unless modified by attachments, are conect: 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on drawings. 2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the building design, including engineering design, detailing, and construction costs caused bythe requested substitution. 3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other tnades, the construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements. 4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution. The undersigned further states thal the function, appearance, and quality of the proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Plnted Name Signature Telephone Firm Ema∥ Kane County Ofrce 10 South Shun,way Avenue Batavia,H柄 nois 60510 6304061213 4212 01d Grand Ave,Ste lol Curnee,∥hnois 60031 8473363428 108 E Beaulorl street,Box lo No「mal∥ino、61761 3094306460 For Use By The ArchitecUEngineer: E lccepted EI Rccepteo As Noted □Nd Accepted□Rece市 ed T00 Lde SECT:ON 01 70 00 EXECuT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PARTl GENERAL l.01 SECT:ONINCLUDES A ExamhaJon,preparajon,and generalinsta∥ation procedures. B Requirements for alleralons MЮ rk,including seleclive demo1lion C.Cuting and palching D Cleaning and proteclion. E.Staning of systems and equipment. F Demonslralon and instruc“on of Owner personneL C Cioseout procedures,except payment procedures. 1.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS A Seclon 01 30 00‐Administrative Requirementsi Submttals procedures B Section o1 78 00‐Closeout Submmals:PrOlect record documents,operatiOn and maintenance data,waranties and bonds C・ :iCli°lよ :温蹴::獄 :TttFlll『Tξ l:l∥lヽ p靡闇:l:r° ducts and systems tO be l.03 SUBM:lTALS A.See Seё lon 01 30 00‐Administralve Requirements,for submmai pЮ cedures B, Cuting and Patchingi Submtt wlten requestin advance ofcuting or akeralon that a“octs: 1. Struclura∥nteg"ly Ofany element of Prolect 2. lntegttty Of weather exposed or moisture resistant eiement. 3 Emctncy,mantenance,o「safety ofany operalond eЮ ment. 4 Visual qualities of sight exposed elements l.04 PRO」ECT COND:T:ONS A 轍]|∥|』 j::糧 Ⅷl:;`熙:よ :::点 [¶I:T攪認11:::∥l襴『』器緊∥は電l」lTttlns l Provide dust‐proof barners between construction areas and areas conlnuing 10 be occupled by Owner. B.Noise ControL Provide methods,means,and facllies 10 minimize noise produced by cOnstruction operations. C. Pest and Rodent ControL Provide methods,means,and facilnies 10 prevenl pests and insects from damaging the work. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 o17000‐4Copylghi 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R19hts ReseⅣed SECTloN 01 70 00 EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS D. Rodent control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or invading premises. E. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities lo prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere fiom discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced bv construction operations. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations. 1.05 COORD|i'|AT|ON A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Proiect Manual lo ensure eficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with thek requirements. C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. D. Coordinate space requirements, supporc, and installation of mechanical and electrical raork that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduii, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efiicienfly to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. E. Coordinate mmplelion and clean-up of work of separate seclions. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHINGMATERIALS A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B, Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing producls where necessary, refening to existing work as a standard. c. Product substitulion: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 60 00. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequeni work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. verify that existing subshate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication. PRO」ECT N0 48 172‐1179 o17000‐2Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,lNC iA∥R19hts ReseⅣed SECTloN 01 70 00 EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS E. Verity that ulility services are available, of the conect characteristics, and in the correct locations. F. Prior to cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elemenls subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering eiisting work, assess condilions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching me;ns acceptance of existing conditions. 3,02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying nexl material or substance. c, Apply manufacturer requked or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in conlact or bond. 3,03 ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify that construction and utility anangements are as shown. 2. Reporl discrepancies to ArchitecUEngineer before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. B. Remove existing work as indicated and as required lo accomplish new work. 1. Remove items indicated on drawings. 2. Relocate items indicated on drawings. 3. where new surface finishes are to be applied lo existing work, perform removals, patch, and prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new fnish; remove existing finish if necessary for successful application of new finish. c. services (lncluding but not limited to plumbing and Electrical): Remove, relocate, and extend exisiing systems to accommodate new construction. 1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components; if necessary, modity installation to allow access or provide'access panel. 2. where existing systems or equipment are not active and contract Documents require reactivation, put back into operational condition; repair supply, distribution, and eiuipment as required. 3. where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. a. Disable existing systems only to make switchovers and connections; minimize duration of outages. b. Provide temporary connections as required to maintain existing systems in service. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment; remove back to source of suoolv where possible, othenrvise cap stub and tag with identilication; patch holes left by removai using materials specifled for new construction. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o17000‐3coPynghi 2018 by KLUBER,lNCI A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 01 70 00 EXECUT10N AND CLOsEOUT REQUIREMENTS D, Protect existing work to remain. 1. Prevent movemenl of shucture; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals nea y and as specified for cutting new work. 3. Repair adjacenl construction and finishes damaged during removal work. E. Adapt existing work to Jit new work Make as neat and smooth transition as possible. F. Patching: Where the existing surface is not indicated to be refinished, patoh to match lhe surface finish that existed prior to cutting. Where the surface is indicated to be refinished, patch so that the substrale is ready for the new fnish. G. Refinlsh existing surfaces as indicated: 1. Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished, refinish all visible exisling surfaces to remain to the specified condition for each material, wilh a neat transition to adjaient linishes. 2. lf mechanical or elect cal work is exposed accidentally during the \,'iork, re+over and refinish to match. H. Clean existing systems and equipment. l. Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispose of off-site; do not burn or bury. J. Do not begin new construction in allerations areas before demolition is complete. K. Comply with all other applicable requkements of this section. 3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B. See Alterations article above for additional requirements. C. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to: 1. Complete the work. 2. Fit products together to integrale with other work. 3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services. 4. Match work thal has been cut to adlacent work. 5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to requhed condition. 6. Repair new vrork damaged by subsequent work. 7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 8. Remove and replace defective and non.conforming work. D. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. ln existing rrrork, minimize damage and restore to original condition. E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of contract Documenls. G. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o17000‐4Copy19ht 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Ri9hts Reserved SECTloN 01 70 0o EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS H. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material , to fullthickness ofthe penetrated element. l. Patching: 1 . Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest iniersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 2. Match color, texlure, and appearance. 3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or shoWng other imperfections due to patching rlrlrcrk. lf defects are due to mndition of substrate, repair subskate prior to repairing finish. 3.05 PROGRESSCLEANING A. Maintain areas free of wasle materials, debris, and rubbish, Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove $/aste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not bum or bury. 3.06 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual speciflcation sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate wo* area to prevenl damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings, E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from trafiic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. F. Prohibit haffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. lf traflic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendalions for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. G. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 3.07 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage, C. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 017000-5 cOpyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R9his Reserved SECTloN 01 70 00 EXECUT10N AND cLOSE00T REQUIREMENTS D. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. E. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacture/s rep rese ntative in acco rd ance with ma nufactu rers' instructions. F. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning conectly. 3.08 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A. See Section 01 79 00 - Demonstration and Training. 3.09 ADJUSTING A, Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation, 3.10 F|NAL CLEANTNG A, Execute final cleaning prior to Substantial Completion. 1. Clean areas to be occupied by Owner prior to final completion before Owner occupancy. B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment. D. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. E. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legalmanner; do not bum or bury. 3.11 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Make submittals that are required by goveming or other authorities. 1. Provide copies to ArchitecUEngineer and Owner. B. Notify ArchitecUEngineer when work is considered ready for Substantial Completion. C. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect/Eng ineer's review. D. Correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion and comply with requirements for access to Owner-occupied areas. E. Notify Architect/Engineer when work is considered finally complete. F. Complete items of work determined by ArchitecUEngineer's final inspection. END OF SECTION PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 017000‐6Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,lNC.;A∥Rights Reserved SECT10N 01 70 00 EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS sEcTloN 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBM]TTALS PART 1 GENEML I.O1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Wananties and bonds. 1.02 RELATEDREOUIREMENTS A. Section 01 30 00 - Adminiskative Requiremenis: Submiftals procedures, shop drawings, producl data, and samples. B. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. C. lndividual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. D. lndividual Product Sections: Wananties required for specific products or Work. I,O3 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to ArchitecUEngineer with claim for final Application for Payment. B, Operation and Maintenance Data: 1 . Submit two copies of preliminary drafl or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. ArchitecVEngineer will review draft and rqtum one copy with comments. 2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to fnal inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after linal inspection, with ArchitecUEngineer comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 4. Submit two sets of revised fnal documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection. C. Wananties and Bonds: 1 . For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submil documents within 10 days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substanlial Completion, prior to linal Application for Payment. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the wananty period. PRO」ECT N0 18‐472‐1179 017800‐1cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥RIghts Reserved SECT ON 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 2 PRODUCTS.NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one sel of the following record documents; record actual revisions lo the Work: 1. Drawings. 2, Addenda. 3. Change Orders and olher modifcations to the Contract. B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C, Store record documents separate from documents used for conslruction. D. Record information concurent with construction progress. E. Record Drawings : Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of undergrcund utilities and appurtenances, referenced lo permanent surface improvements. 2. Measured locations of intemal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible fealures of the Work. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.02 OPEMTION AND MAINTENANCE.DATA A. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B. Producl Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify speci{ic products and component parts, and data applicable lo installation. Delete inapplicable information. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show conhol and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Typed Text: As required to supplemenl producl data. Provide logical sequence of inslructions for each procedure, incorporating manufactureis insiructions. 3.03 OPEMTION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A, For Each ltem of Equipmenl and Each System: 'l . Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2. ldentify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3, lnclude performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B. where additional instruclions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o17800‐2Copy19ht 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT suBMiTTALS c. operating Procedures: lnclude start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. lnclude regulation, control, stopping, shut{own, and emergency instructions. lnclude summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. D. Maintenance Requirements: lnclude routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. E, Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants requked. F. lnclude manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. G. lnclude sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. H. Provide original manufacture/s parts list, illustralions, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. l. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual producl specification sections. 3.04 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for Owner's personnel use, with data arnanged ln lhe same sequence as, and identified by, the specification sections. B. Where syslems involve more than one specification section, provide separate tabbed divider for each system. C. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in mainienance and operation of described products. D. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual, E. Binders: Commercial qualit y,8-112 by 1 1 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When mulliple binders are used, conelate data into related consistent groupings. F. Cover: ldentify each binder with typed or printed title OPEMTION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subjecl mafter of contents. G. Pmject Directory: Title and address of Projecl; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of ArchiiecUEngineer, Consultants,Contraclorand subcontractors, with names o, responsible parties. H. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identificaiion as on the divider tab; where multiple volumes are requhed, include all volumes Tables of Contents in each volume, with the current volume clearly identified. l. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the contents on the divider tab; immedialely following the divider tab include a description of product and major component parts of equipment. J. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper, K. Drawings: Provide with reinlorced punched binder lab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. PRO」ECT N0 48‐172‐1179 017800‐3Copy百 9h12018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥R19hts ReseNed SECT10N 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT suBMITTALS 3。05 WARRANT:ES AND BONDS A. Obtain warranlies and bonds,executed in dup∥cate by responsible SubcontractOrs,supp∥ers,andW脚 11痰繹朧|:詣 [:胃 :肌賞i認 Ⅷ翼蝸 u渕 &脚坤d Substanlal oompletion is deterrnined. B.Veriv that dOCumenお aЮ h pЮ perfom,contan fu∥hfOmalon,and att nOtanzed. C.Co‐execute submmals when required. D.Retain warranles and bonds un∥|∥me specined fOr submltal. END OF SECT!ON PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1179 017800‐4Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:All Rights ReseⅣed SECTloN 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SuBMITTALS sEcTtoN 01 79 00 DEMONSTMTION AND TMINING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMI,IARY A. Demonstnation of products and syslems wtlere indicaled in specific specification sections. B. Training of Owner personnel in operation and mainlenance is requhed for: 1. Electrical systems and equipment. 1.02 SUBiIITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal prccedures. B. Training Plan: owner will designate personnelto be trained; tailor training to needs and skill-level of attendees. '1. Submit to ArchitecuEngineer for transmittalto Owner. 2. Submit not less than four weeks prior to start of training. 3, Revise and resubmit until acceptable. 4. Provide an overall schedule showing alltraining sessions. 5. lnclude at least the following for each training session: a. ldentification, date, time, and duration. b. Description of products and/or systems to be covered. c. Name of frm and person conducting training; include qualificitions. d. lntended audience, such as job description. e. Objectives of haining and suggested methods of ensuring adequate haining,f. Methods to be used, such as classroom lecture, live demonstrations, handJon, etc.g. Media to be used, such a slides, hand-outs, etc. h, Training equipment required, such as projector, projection screen, etc., io be provided by Contractor. C. Training Manuals: Provide training manual for each attendee; allow for minimum of two attendees per training session. 1. lnclude applicable portion of O&M manuals. 2. lnclude copies of all hand-outs, slides, overheads, video presentations, etc., that are no1 included in O&M manuals. 3. Provide one extra copy of each haining manual to be included with operation and maintenance data. D. Training Reports: 1. ldentification of each training session, date, time, and duralion. 2. Sign-in sheet showing names and job titles of attendees. 3. List of attendee questions and written answers given, including copies of and references to supporting documentation required for clarification; include answers to questions that could nof be answered in original training session. E. Video Recordings: Submit digital video recording of each demonstration and training session for OwneCs subsequent use. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o17900‐1Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥Rights Reserved SECT10N 01 79 00 DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING 1. Format: DVD Disc. 2. Label each disc and container with session identification and date. 1.03 QUALITYASSURANCE A. lnstructor Qualifications: Familiar with design, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the relevant products and syrtems. 1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/or installers who actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment 2. where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists with necessary qualifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS. NOT USED PART3 EXECUTION 3,01 DEMONSTMTION.GENERAL A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for the purposes of this section, unless approved in advance by Owner. B. Demonstriation may be combined with Owner personnel training if applicable. c. operating Equipment and Systems: Demonshate operation in all modes, includino start-uo. shul-down, seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting, anJ maintenance procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 2. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perfonn demonstration for other season within six months. D. Non-operating Products: Demonstrale cleaning, scheduled and preventive maintenance, and repair procedures. 1. Perform demonstrations nol less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 3,02 TRAINING. GENEML A. Conduct kaining on-site unless otherwise indicated. B, Owner will provide classroom and sealing at no cost lo Contractor. C. Provide training in minimum lwo hour segments, D. Training schedule will be subject to availabilily of Owner's personnel to be trained; r+schedule training sessions as required by owner; once schedule has been approved by owner failure to conduct sessions according to schedule will be cause for olvner to charge contractor for personnel "show-up' time. E. Review of Facility Policy on 0peration and Maintenance Data: During training discuss: 1. The location of the o&M manuals and procedures for use and preservation; backup copies. 2. Typical contents and organization of all manuals, including explanatory information, system narratives, and product specific information. 3. Typical uses of the O&M manuals. PRO」ECT N0 18-172-1179 o17900‐2CopyH9ht 2018 by KLUBER,INCIA∥Rights Reserved SECT10N 01 79 00 DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING F. Producl and System-Specific Training: 1. Review the applicable 0&M manuals. 2. For systems, provide an overview of system operation, design parameters and constraints, and operational strategies. 3. Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down, seasonal changeover and emergency procedures, and for maintenance, including preventative maintenance. 4. Provide handson training on alloperationalmodes possible and preventive maintenance.5. Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant heafth and safety issues and emergency procedures. 6. Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions. 7. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation. 8. Discuss wananties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding coverage.9. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of manufacturers. 10. Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished by contractor. 1 1. Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures. G. Be prepared to answer questions raised by haining attendees; if unable to answer during training session, provide uitten response within three days. END OF SECTION PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 o17900‐3Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC.;A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 01 79 00 DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING SECT:ON 03 10 00 00NCRETE FORM:NG AND ACCESSORIES PART l GENERAL l.01 SECT!ON:NCLUDES A. Fomwork for cast‐in piace concrete,輌 th sho"ngi bracing and anchorage B.Openings for olher woは.C. Forn accessones. D.Fonln sl∥pping. 1.02 RELATED REQU:REMENTS A Section 03 20 00‐Concrete Reinforcing. B. Seclion 03 30 00‐Casl‐in‐Place Concrete l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A AC1117‐Slandard SpecincatiOns for Tolerances for Concrete Construclion and Mateiaisi 2010 B AC1301‐Specnca10ns for Structural Colcrelei 2010(Erata 2012) C,AC1 318‐Bunding Code Requirements for Structural Concrete andCommentary:2014(Erata 2016). D.ACi347R‐Guide to Fonmwork for Concrele;2014. E.PS l‐Struclural PiwЮ Od;2009 1,04 DES:GN REQU:REMENTS A.Design,engineer and construcl forrnwork,sho面 ng and bracin9 1o confom tO design and cOde requirements;resutant concrete to∞nforln to required shape:∥ne and dimens10n l.05 QUALiTY ASSURANCE A Peお rrn work ofthis seclon in accordance Ⅵ帆h AC1347,AC1 301,and AC1318. PART 2 PRODuCTS 2.01 FORMWORK・ GENERAL A,Provide concrete forms,accessones,sho百 ng,and bracing as required lo accOmp∥sh caslln‐place concrele work B.Dedgn and∞nstruct to provide resutant concre,that cOnforms to deslgn wnh respecttO shape, ∥nes,and dimensions C Chamfer oulside corners of beams,,oislS,COlumns,and wa∥sD Comply Ⅵlth app∥cable State and local codes with respectto design,fab"cation,erectiOn,and removal offormwork. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 031000‐1copynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 03 10 00 00NCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES E ComplyⅥЛth relevant ponions OfAC1 347,AC1 301,and AC1318 2.02 WOODFORM MATER:ALS A Form Mate"als:Althe dも crelon ofthe Contraclor. 2.03 FORMWORK ACCESSORIESAm蹴樵椒t編躙躍嶋臨 IW:珈冨器剛:鶴 lⅧ肌la劇 fom malenais,and notrequring remOval br salsfactory bonding ofcottngs tO be app∥ed. 1. ComposliOni Colo∥ess mineral。|卜 based compound 2 Do not use matenals cOntaining diesel o∥or petroleum‐based compounds. B.F∥ler Stnps br chamfered ComersI Rigid plas,c type;3/4x3r4hch size;maximum pOssible lengths C織認鷺棚鼎惚濡脚蹴朧柵服潟c温選 Ю中耐'研側面 “ 耐゛T゛ h md PART 3 EXECUT:ON 3.01 EXAMiNATiON A.Venfy∥nes,leve:s and centers before pЮ ceeding mth fomwork.Ensure that dimensions agree 面th dra面 ngs 3.02 ERECT10N‐FORMWORK A,Erect fomvl●は,shoing and bracing lo achieve design requirements,in accOrdance哺 th requirements ofAC1 301. 3.Provide bracing to ensure stab∥ly offormwoは Shore or strengthen fomwOrk sublectto overstressing by construclion loads C.Arange and assemble forrnwork to permn dismanling and st"pplng.Do not damage cOncrete during st∥pping. Perlnl removal of remaining principai shores. DA“gn ioints and make walenight.Keep fomllointS tO a minimum. E Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members that are nOtindicated on dra輌 ngs. F Provide llet and chamfer stnps on exlemal comers of exposed corners. G.Coordinate this section wth other seclons of work that require atachment Of cOmpOnenls to formwork. H「formwo「k is piaced aler reinforcement,resuning in insufrcient cOncrete cOver over reinforcement,request nstttclons from A「chnecvEngineer before proceeding 3.03 APPL!CAT10N・ FORM RELEASE AGENT A Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance wtth manufacturers recOmmenda10ns B.Apply p∥or to placement of reinforcing steel,anchoring devices,and embedded ilems PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1179 031000‐2Copy∥ght2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R9hts Reserved SECTloN 03 10 00 00NCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES C. Do not apply form reiease agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings that are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. 3,04 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete wo*. B. Locate and set in place items that will be cast direclly into concrete. C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other work. D. lnstall accesories in accordance with manufactureds instructions, so they are straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and nealy fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.05 FORM CLEANING A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete, 1. Flush with water or use compressed ah to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris dnain to exterior lhrough clean-out ports. 2, During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts. Do not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter. 3.06 FOR]vMORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances requked by ACI '1 17, unless othenruise indicated. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. lnspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure thal work is in accordance with formwork design, and to verify that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. B. Do not reuse wood formwork more than 2 times for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. Do not patch formwork. 3.08 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. C. Store removed forms to prevent damage to form materials or to fresh concrete. Discard damaged forms. END OF SECTION PROJECT N0 18 172 1179 03 10 00‐3Copy百 9ht2018 by KLUBER`INCI川 I Rights Reserved SECT10N 03 10 00 00NCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES SECT:ON 03 20 00 CONCRETE RE:NFORC:NG PART l GENERAL l.01 SECT10NINCLUDES A,Reinforcing steel for castin‐p!ace∞ncrele, B Suppoお and accesso門 es for steel reinforcement. 1,02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS A Sec“on 03 10 00‐Concrele Forning and Accessottes B.Section 03 30 00‐Cast‐n‐Place Concrele, 1.03 REFERINCE STANDARDS A AC1301‐Specnca10ns for Structural Concrete;2010(Erata 2012) B AC1318‐Bunding Code Requirements for Struclural Concrete and Commenlary;2014(Erata 2016). C.ACiSP・ 66・ AC!Deta∥ing Manua1 2004. D ASTM A321A82M‐Standard SpecncatiOn for Steel Wire,Piain,for Concrete Reinforcement 2007 E ASTM A615/A615M‐Standard SpecncaoOn for Defonlned and Plain CarbOn‐Stee!Bars fOr Concrele Reinforcement 2016. F VVWR‐500‐Manual of Standard Praclicei Structu“lWe!ded Ⅵnre Reinforcement Ⅷlre Reinforcement lnstitutel latest edlion C CRSI(DA4)‐Manuai Of Standard PraCtiCei 2009 H.CRSi Pl)・ Phdng Rehbrdng Ba、i2011. 1.04 SUBM:TTALS A Shop Drawingsi Compiy wnh requiremenls ofAC:SP‐66ぃ clude bar schedules,shapes of bent bars,spacing of bars,and locaOon ofsp∥ces. 1,05 QUAL:TY ASSURANCE A.PemDrm work ofthis secJonin accordance wlth AC1 301 and AC1 318 B.Prepare shop drawings underthe supervも lon of a qua∥ned structural Engineer(SE)expenenced and∥censed h deЫ gn of work ofthstype and∥censed h the State h whth he Prole●もbCated PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RE:NFORCEMENT A・ Reinforcing SteeL ASTM A615/A615M,Grade 60‐60,000 psi l Deformed bⅢel‐steel bars、 2 Unlnished PRO」ECT N0 18‐472‐1179 032000‐1Copy百 gh1 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 03 20 00 00NCRETE RElNFORCING B.Steel We∥ed Wire Rehforcement ttR):Plain typei ASTM A1064/A1064M. 1. Forrn: Flat Sheets, 2.Mesh Slze and Wire Gage:As indicated on drawings. C.Reinforcement Accesso∥es: 1.丁 ie Wire:AnneJed,mhimum 16 oage,0.0508 inch.´ 2,Chairs,Bolsters,Bar Suppons,Spacers:Factory made wire bar supports sized and shaped for adequale suppon ofreinforcement du∥ng concrete piacement, 2.02 FABRICAT:ON A.FabHcale concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSi(DA4)‐Manua1 0f standard Practice. Bo Welding ofreinforcementis not penntted, C,Locate reinforcing splices notindicated on drawings at point of minimum stress. 1. Review bcalons ofsp∥ces wtth ArchitecVEngineer. PART 3 EXECUT:ON 3.01 PLACEMENT A:臨ギ電常駐鵠席Ptti『 :僣淵肝♂柵鳳轟:IttdettmЮ 甲"d B,Accommodate placement offorrned openings. ・ C.Conforrn to app∥cable code for concrete cover over reinforcement. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY 00NTROL A. An independenttesting agency,as specifled in Section 01 40 00,vvi∥inspect insta∥ed reinforcement for conformance to contract documents before concrete placement, B.PЮ 宙de free access b concttte ope暉 lons at proieCt Ste and coope陽わwith the appdnted lm. END OF SECT:ON PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 032000‐2Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORC!NG SECriON 03 30 00 CAST‐lN‐PLACE CONCRETE PARTl GENEML l.01 SECT10N:NCLUDES A.Floors and siabs on grade. B,Misce∥aneous concrete elements,including equipment padS C.Concrele cu∥ng l.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS A Section 03 10 00・ Concrete Forning and Accesso百 es B,Section 03 20 00‐Concrete Reinforcing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AC1117‐Standard Specn“10ns for Tolerances for Concrete Construc∥on and Matenalsi 2010 B AC1211.1・ Standard Practice for Selecting ProponiOns fOr NoFna!,HeawⅥeight,and Mass Conc腱わ:1991(Reapproved 2o09). C.ACi301・ Spedicafons for Structural Concretei 2010(Emta 2012) D.ACi 304R‐Guide for Measuling,Mixing,Transpoling,and Placing Concretei 2000, E.AC1 305R‐Hot Weather Concreling;2010. F AC1306R‐Cold Weather Concrelngi 2010 G AC1308R‐Gudeto Cu"ng Concreto 2001(Reapproved 2008). H.AC1 318‐Bunding Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary;2014(Erata 2016). |・ ASTM C33/C33M‐Standaり Specncatbn lor Concrete A99regates 2016 」ASTM C94/C94M‐Standard SpecncalOn for Ready_Mixed ConOrelei 2015. K ASTM C150/C150M‐Standard Specinca10n fOr Pon!and cement 2016. L ASTM C171‐Standard Specincalon fOr sheet Matenals fOr Cu百 ng Concretei 2007 M ASTM C309‐Standard SpecincatiOn fOrLiquid MembranoForming CompOungs fOrcu∥ng Concrete;2011. N ASTM C494/C494M―Standard SpecincaJon fOr chemical Admixtures for cOncrete;2013 0 ASTM C618‐Standard SpecincaJOn for Coal Fly Ash and RaW。「Calcined Natural POzzOlan for Use in Concretei 2015 Po NSF 61‐Dlnking Water System Components‐HeaLh Ettctsi 2014(Erala 2015) Q NSF372‐D"n∥ng Water System cOmponents‐Lead Content 2011 PROJECT N0 18 172‐1179 033000‐1Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥R19hts ReseⅣed SECTloN 03 30 00 CAST_IN‐PLAcE CONCRETE 1.04 SuBM:π ALS A.See Seclon 01 30 00‐Adminも tra∥ve Requirements,for submital procedures. B Producl Datal Submtt manufaclurerst data on manufactured products sho輛 ng cOmp∥ance wlth specned requirements and insla∥alon instruclions l Forcunng∞mpounds,proude data on method ofremoval h the event Of hcOmpaJЫ ∥ywltl loor covenng adhesives. 2. Anchonng epoxy and exPanslon anchors. C.Mix Deslgnsi Subml 15 days p口 orto slan ofwOrk. 1.Subml fo「each type of ooncrete specFled 2.indude back‐up test data 3.lndicale proposed mix design comp∥es vtth requirements of AC1 301,section 4‐COncrele Mixtures 4. lndlcate pЮ posed mix design comp∥es Mtth requirementS OfAC1 318,chapter 5‐COncrete Qually,Mixing and Placing: 1.05 QUALiTY ASSuRANCE A PettDrm WOrk ofthis section in a∝ordance vЛ th AC1 301 and AC1 318. B Fo∥ow recommendations ofAC1 305R when∞ncrelng du"ng hOt weather. C.Fo∥owrecommendalons ofAC1 306R when concrelng du"ng cOld weather. PART 2 PRODuCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A.Comply哺 th requirements of Section 03 10 00 2.02 RE:NFORCEMENT A Comp!y面 th requirements of Seclon 03 20 00. 2.03 CONCRETE MATER:ALS A Cement ASTM C150,Type l‐Normal Ponland type. l Acqure Jlcementfor en∥re proleCt 10m same source B.Fine and Coarse Aggregates:ASTM C 33. 1.Acqure dl aggregates for enlre proled fЮ m same source C.Fly Ash:ASTM C618,Class C D Water: Clean and not detrimentalto concrete. 2.04 ADM!XTURES A. Do not use chemicals that w∥resuL in soluble ch19nde lons in excess of o l percent by weight Of cement B.Hlgh Range Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C494/C494M Type G PRO」ECT N0 18172‐1179 o33000-2 Copylgh1 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R19his ReseⅣed SECT10N 03 30 00 CAST-lN‐PLACE CONCRETE C.High Range Water Redudng Admixture:ASTM C494/C494M Type F D.Water Reducing and Acceleralng Admixture:ASTM C494′C494M Type E. E.Waler Reducing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C494/C494M Type D F,Acceleraling Admixture:ASTM C494ノ C494M Type C. G.Retardhg Admixture:ASTM C494/C494M Type B. H.Water Redudng Admixture:ASTM C494/C494M Type A. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATER:ALS A Anchonng EpOxy:Referlo dra輌 ngs,Acceptable manuladurers include l.H∥l HIT‐RE500‐SD inletton anchodng syslem. 2.Simpson Strong‐Tわ :SET‐XP nlecliOn ancho"ng adhedve system. 3,Powers Fasleners:PE 1000+lnlection adhesive anchonng system. 2.06 CUR!NG MATER:ALS A Cu"ng Compound,Nalura∥y Dissipatingi Clear,mte「based,∥quid membrane‐forming compoundi complying面 th ASTM C309 B.Water Potable,not det“mentalto∞ncrete. 2.07 00NCRETE MIX DES:GN A Proponloning No「mal Weight Concrete:Comply輌 th AC1 211,l re∞mmendalons B Concrete Strength:Estab∥sh required average strength for each tpe of∞ncrete on the basb Of fleld experience or tHal mttures,as specined in AC1 301.・慇欄酬棚l蹴鰍∫器躍:!鰤.m9∞ mw acceplaЫ e b Aκ ∥lecyE"h∞rC.Almixtures:Add acceptable admixtures as re∞mmended in ACi 211.l and at rates recommended by manufacturer.Subml to Archilectforrevlew and appЮ val D Nomal Weight Concrete:Type・ Dl l Compresslve Strength,when tested in accordance輛 th ASTM C 39′C39M at28 days:4,500 PSl 2 Fly Ash Content Maximum 15 percent of cementlious matenals by weight 3.WalerCement Ratol Maximum 44 perceni by weight 4. Total Air Content 6 percent,determined in accordance wlth ASTM C 173/C173M 5 Maximum siump:4 inches. 6. Maximum A9gregate Size: 3/4 inch 2.08 MiXING A Transl Mixers: Comply wth ASTM C94/C94M PRO」ECT N0 18‐ `72‐ 1179 o33000‐3oOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCIA∥R19his Reserved SECTloN 03 30 00 CAST-lN―PLACE CONCRETE PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Verify that forms are clean and fiee of rusl before applying release agent. B. Coodinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. C. ln locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and secure in place using approved epoxy. D. Set steel pipe bollards plumb. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R. C. Notify ArchitecUEngineer not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operalions. D' Maintain records of concrete placernent. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and tesi samples taken. E. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, and embedded parts will not be disturbed durlng concrete placement. F. Place concrete continuously without construction (cold) ioints wherever possible; where construction joints are necessary, before next placement prepare joint surface by removino laitance and exposing lhe sand and sound surface mortar, by sandblasting or high-pressuL water jetting. G. Finish floors level and flal, unless othenrr/se indicated, within the tolerances specitied below. 3,04 SLAB JOINTING A. Locate joint in center of long direction of the slab/pad. B. Anchorjoint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placemenl. C. Load Transfer Conslruction and Contraction Joints: lnstall load transfer devices as indicared; saw cut joint at surface as indicated for contraction joints. D. Saw Cut Contraction Joints: Saw cut joints before concrete begins to cool, within 4 to 12 hours after placing; use 3/16 inch thick blade and cut at least 1 inch deep but not less than on. qr.rt ,. (l/4) the depth ofthe slab. E. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. F. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o33000‐4Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt AI R 9hts Resen′ed SECTloN 03 30 00 0AST‐lN‐PLACE CONCRETE G. Saw cut joints within &12 hours afier placing. Use 3/16 inchthickblade, cutinto'l/4depthof slab thickness. 3,05 FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES A. An independent testing agency, as specified in section 01 40 00, will inspect finished slabs for conformance to specif,ed tolerances. B. Screed slabs on grade level, maintaining the following minimum F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness values wiren measured in accordance with ASTM E 1155/ASTM E 11SSM. 1. F(F): Specified Overall Value (SOV) of 35; Minimum Localized Vatue (MLV) of 24. 2. F(L): Specified Ovenall Value (SOV) of 25; Minimum Localized Value (MLV) of 17. C. Conect the slab surface if lolerances are less than specified. D. Measure F(F) and F(L) in accordance with ASTM E1155, within 48 hours after slab installation, report both composite overall values and local values for each measured section. E. Correct the slab surface if composite overall value is less than specified and if local value is less than tvruthirds of specified value or less than F(F) 13/F(L) 10. F. Corect defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas requiring conective viorft will be identified. Re-measure conected areas by the same process. 3.06 CONCRETEFINISHING A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwo*. B. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off flns or other raised areas 1/4 inch ormore in height. c. Exposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip ofi and smooth fins or other raised areas 'li4 inch or more in height. Provide finish as follows: 1. Smooth Rubbed Finish: Wet concrete and rub with carborundum brick or other abrasive, nof more than 24 hours after form removal- D. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1R, and as follows: 1. Provide light broom linish on exterior flat work. 2. Provide 3/4'radiused edge on exposed slab edges, unless otheruise noted. 3.07 CURING AND PROTECTION A. comply with requirements of ACI 308R. lmmediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B, Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. C. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: 1 . lnitial curing: start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keeo continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water-saturated sind, water-fog spray, or saturated burlap. a. Spraying: Spray water over floor slab areas and maintain wel. PROJECT N0. 18-\72-1179 03 30 00 - 5 SECTTON 03 30 00 Copyright 20'18 by KLUBER, INC.;AIl Rights Reserved CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE bo Satumted Budap:Saturate bulap‐pOlyethJene and口 aCe bu∥a"side down Over 100rshb areas,lapping ends and sides;rnaintain in place. 2. Final Cu∥ng:Be9in a漁〕rinitial curing but before suttace is dry, a, Moisture‐Retaining Sheet: Lap strips notless than 3 inches and seal with waterproOftape or adhesive:secure at edges. 3.08 FiELD QUALITY CONTROL A.An hdependent bslng agency w∥perfom le∥qudiv contЮ 1 0sts,as specned h Sec∥。n0140 00, Bo ProMdefree access lo concrete operations at proied Sne and c。。pe旧ねwith appomね dlm. 3.09 DEFECTⅣE CONCRETE A.Defective Concrete:Concrete not conforming to required lines,deta∥s,dimensiOnsi tOlerances Or specined requirements. B.Repatt or replacement of defective concrete will be detemined by the Architect/Engineer.The cost ofadditional testing sha∥be bome by Contractor when defective concrete is identined. C. Do not patch,1∥,louch‐up,repair,or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of ArchitecVEngineer for each individual area. 3.10 PROTECT!ON A.Do not perlnn t閥爾c Over unpЮ tected concrete loor surね ce unllfu∥y cured. 3,1l SCHEDULE・ CONCRETE TYPES AND FINISHES Location Mix Type cOncrete Finish A.Equipment pads:Exte∥or D sides:smooth fOrm topi non‐slip B,Bollard plers p sm00th fOrmed,lЮ weledEND OF SECT:ON PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 o33000‐6Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed SECTloN 03 30 00 CAST―IN‐PLACE CONCRETE SECT:ON 09 91 13 EXTER:OR PA:NT:NG PART 1 0ENERAL l.01 SECT:ON INCLUDES A`SurFace preparalon, B.Fieid app∥cation of paints. C.Scopα ttnも h extelorsuttces exposed to Ⅵew,u∥ess fu∥y faclory‐flntthed and udess Othettse indicaled,including the fo∥owing: 1.Mechanical and Elect"caL a Atthe outdoors,paint equipment,gas piping and conduit thatis expOsed to weather or tO Ⅵew,hdudngね ctottinも hed matenab. D Do Not Paint or Finishthe Fo∥ow ng ilems: 1. items factory‐fnished unless othe聞』seinlFated;mateHa:s and products haⅥng fac10ry_appiied p“mers are not considered factory inishe( 2.ilems indicaled lo receive otherinishes 3.llems indicated lo remain unlnlshed. 4日 re mlng hbds,eqJpment se百 J numberand capacty bbeに ,and operathg pans Of equipment 5、 Concealed pipes,ducls,and conduits l.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Seclion 23 11 23・ Fac∥ly Natura卜 Gas Piping. 1.03 DEF:N:T:ONS A.Confom to ASTM D16 forinlerpreta10n oflenlns used in this seclon. 1,04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A ASTM D16‐Standard Terminolo9y fOr Paint,Relaled Coa∥ngs,Matenals,and App∥calonsi 201 6 B MPilAPSM)‐Master Painters instnule Archilectural Painlng SpecincatiOn Manual current Ednion,_paininfo com C SSPC‐SP l‐Solvent Cleaningi 2015. D SSPC‐SP 2‐Hand Tool Cleaningi 1982(Ed.2004) E. SSPC‐SP 6‐Commercial Blast Cleaningi 2007. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A See Section 01 30 00‐Administra∥ve Requirements,for Submmal prOcedures B Product Datal PrOvide complete∥st of products to be used,面 th the fo1lowing infomalon fOr each: l Manufacturers name,produci name andlor catalo9 number,and general product calegory(e9. ・alkyd enamer). 2 MPlproducl number(e9MPI 147) PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐4179 o99113‐l sECTloN 09 91 13 0opylght 2018 by KLU8ER,INC:A∥R19hts Reserved EXT[R10R PAINTING 3. Cross+eference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. 4. Manufacture/s installation instructions. c. samples: submit three paper "draw down" samples, &1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified. 1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. 2. Where sheen is not specified, discuss sheen options with Architect/Engineer before preparing samples, to eliminate sheens definitely not required. D. Manufacturer's lnstructions: lndicate special surface preparation procedures. ,I.06 QUALITYASSUMNCE A. Manufacturer Qualificalions: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified, with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum 5 years experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to sile in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Contaiher Label: lnclude manufacture/s name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. c. Paint Materials: store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of g0 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer,s instructions. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Follow manufaclurer's recommended procedures for producing besl results, including testing of substrales, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height al substrate surface. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide paints and finishes used in any individual system from the same manufacturer: no exceptions. 2:02 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENEML A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless required to be a field+atalyzed paini. 1. Provide paints and finishes of a sofi paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 o99113‐2Copyttgh1 2018 by KLUBER,lNCt A∥R19hts Reserved SECT10N 09 91 13 EXTER10R PAINTING 2.Sup口 y each pant mate∥J h quanlw ЮqttЮ d b∞mpね te en“Юp●ecrs WOrkfrom a shgb production ttn 3 Do notreduce,thin,or d∥ute paint or nnishes Or add“atenals unless such prOcedure is specnca∥y desc"bed in manufacturers product instruclions 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS・ EⅨTER:OR A.Paint E‐OP‐Exteno「suぬ ces to be Painted,Unless Othe闘 Jse lndicaled: !ncluding ferOus melal l.Twolop∞als and one coat p"mer. 2 TopCOa(s)Exte"orAlkyd EnamdI M円約4. 2.04 PRiMERS A.PHmersI PЮ vide the fo∥owng unless other p∥meris required orrecommended by manufacturerof tOp cOals l,Ant卜 Corrosive Alkyd P"merfor MetaL MPl打 9, 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALSA篤 lw器戯:u:悧忠::理 1::脩識跳鱚滞]」躙盤潔l咆 B Patching Malena"Latex l∥er. C.Faslener Head Cover Mate"aL Latex l∥er. PART 3 EXECUT:ON 3.01 EXAM:NATION A Venfy that surfaces are ready lo receive work as hstructed by the prOduct manufacturei B Examinesuぬ ces scheduled lo be inished p∥orlo commencement ofwork, Rep。l any cOndl10n that may polenia∥y efFect pЮ per app∥calon. C Teslshop‐apJbd plmerfor compa∥b∥ity輌 th subsequent cover matenaに.3.02 PREPARAT:ON A Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defecls p∥o「tO app∥calon B Prepare suraces using the methods recom躙 lliょ by the manufacturerfor achieving the best resu【brthe substmle underthe prolect coⅨCm騰ぱ稿:躙 :,酬常潔::lll出槻:TI棚尾:ι hard賄喝lght l照 uЮ 輛吼 D. Seal suraces thal mighi cause bleed through o「stainin9 oftopcoat. E Remove m∥dew iom impervious suFaces by,ξ r∥」l:1:11)i° lution of tetra‐sOdium phOsphate and bleach. Rinse with clean waler and a∥o、 F. Galvanized Surfaces: l Remove surace cOntanninalon and o∥s and wash ⅥЛth solvent according tO ssPc_sP l 2. Prepare surace according tO SSPC‐SP 2 PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 o99113‐3Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 09 91 13 EXTER10R PAINTIN6 G. Ferrous Metal: 1. Solvent clean according to SSPC-SP 1. 2. Shop'Primed Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re-prime entire shopprimed item, 3. Remove rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer and blast cleaning according to SSPC-SP 6 'Commercial Blast Cleaning'. Protect from conosion until coated. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanicaland electrical components and paint separately. B. Apply products in accordance with manufacture/s written instructions and recommendations in 'MPl Architectural Painting Specification Manual', C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. D, Apply each coat to uniform appearance. E. Dark Colors and Deep Clear Colors: Regardless of number of coats specified, apply additional coats untilcomplete hide is achieved. F. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. '- r -'-' G. Reinstallelectrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes until completion of Project. B. Touch-up damaged finishes afier Substantial Completion. 3.06 COLOR SCHEDULE A. Match adjacent exterior surfaces color. END OF SECTION PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 o99113‐4Copyrigh1 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 09 91 13 E灯 ER10R PAINTING SECT:ON 23 11 23 FACiLITY NATURAL‐GAS PiP:NG PARTl GENERAL l.01 SECT:ON!NCLUDES A Pipe,plpe llings,valves,and connections for natura:gas,ping Systems. 1.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS A.Section 26 32 13‐Engine Cenerators, 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSi Z21.13/CSA 63‐Gas Ap口 bncё Pressure RegJatoぉ :2007(Reamrrned 2012), B.ANSi Z21.80/CSA 6.22‐Line Pressure Regulatorsi 2011(lnCluding Addendlm l) C,ANSI Z223.1‐Nalonal Fuel Gas Codei 2015. D ASME BPVC‐IX‐Bo∥er and Pressure Vessel Code,Seclon lX・ VVelding,Brazing,and Fusing Qua∥nca∥Ons;2015 E.ASME B16.3‐Ma∥eable lron Threaded Fitingsi Classes 150 and 300:2011 F.ASME B31.1‐Pome「Piping;2014. G.ASME B31.9‐Bu∥ding Settces Piping;2014. H ASTM A53/A53M‐Standard Specllcation fOr Pipё ,Sleell Black and Hol‐Dipped,zinc‐COaled, Welded and Seamless;2012 L ξ STMA2341ξ :4Mi∫情:IIti::l』:摺 lLキ 1星り開『 ⅢngS Of WrOught carbon Steel and Aloy J`AWVA C105/A215‐Polyethylene Encasement for DuclleJron Pipe Systems;2010 K.MSS SP‐58‐Pipe Hangers and Suppoお ‐MateHals,Design,Manufacture,seleclion,App∥cation, and insta∥ationi 2009 L MSSSP‐78‐Castlron Plug Valves,Flanged and Threaded Endsi 2011 M.MSS SP‐110‐Ba∥Valves Threaded,Sockel‐Welding,Solder」oint,Grooved and Flared Endsi 2010 1.04 QUAL:TY ASSURANCE A Pe"brrn work in accordance wlh applicable codes B,Valves: Manufacturers name and pressure ralng marked on vaive body C Welding Mate∥aに and Proceduresi Conform to ASME BPVC‐lX and ap口 table stale labOr regu!ations D,VVelder Qua∥lcattonsi Certined in accOrdance wnh ASME BPVC‐lX PROJECT N0 18 172‐1179 231123‐1Copy市 ght 2048 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 23 11 23 FACIL「Y NATURALGAS PlPING 1.05 DELiVEヽ .STORAGE,AND HANDLiNG A Accept vaives on site in shipping cOntainers Mlth labeling in place lnspect fOr damage. B Provlde lemporary proleclive coalng on casliron and sleei vaives. C Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and l面 ngs.Maintain in place unllinsta∥alon. D.PЮ lecl,phg Systerrls from entry offorebn maledJS bytempOrary∞vers,∞mpleting sectlons of the work,and isoialng pals of completed system. 1,06 F:ELD COND:T10NS A Do notinsta∥underground piping when bedding is wet orfrozen. PART 2 PRODuCTS 2.01 NATURAL GAS PIPiNG,BURiED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BUiLDiNG A.Steel Pipe:ASTM A53′A53M,Schedule 40 black. 1.Fithgs ASTM A234/A234M,wrought sleel we∥h9type,wth AWWA Clo5/A21.5 polyehゾ ene lacket or double byer,half‐hpped 10 m∥polyethJene tape. 2 」oinls:ASME B31.1,welded 2.02 NATURALGAS P:PiNG,ABOVE GRADE A.Steel Pipe:ASTM A53/A53M,Schedule 40 black l.日 th9,ASME田 6.3,malleab峰 "町 ∝ lTMA234ハ 234M,wrought tted鴨 ∥hg″pa 2. 」oints:Threaded or welded to ASME B31 2.03 FLANGES,UNiONS,AND COUPLiNCS A Unbns br Poe SiZes 3 hches and under l Ferous plpe:ciass 150 malleable iron threaded unions B. Flanges for Pipe Size Over l lnchi l Ferrous Pipe:Class 150 ma∥eable iЮ n threaded orforged steel s∥p‐on langes;preformed neoprene gaskets 2.04 P:PE HANGERS AND SuPPORTS A Provide hangers and suppons that cOmply Ⅵth Mss SP‐58 1. lftype of hanger o「support for a panicular situation is nol indicated,select appropnate type using MSS SP‐58 recommendaJons 2.05 GAS COCKS AND VALVES A Gas Cock and Pressure Regulalng Valves:Manuraclurers name and pressure rattng marked On valve body. B Gas Cocks Upt0 21nches: 150 psig waler::,as(VV°G),bЮ nZe bOdy,bronze tapered plu9, nonlubncated,Telon packing,threaded enc C Gas Cocks Over 2 inches: 125 psig WoG,Steel body and tapered plu9,nOn‐lubricated,Telon packlng,threaded ends PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 231123‐2Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Ri9hts Reserved SECTloN 23 11 23 FAClLITY NATURALCAS PIPING D.Pressure Regula∥ng ValvesI Single stage,ma∥eable iron body,comsion_resislant,pressure regulator輌 th almosphe"c vent,devalon compensatott wth threaded ends fOr 2 hch and smaller, langed ends iargerthan 2 inch l Capacly:Forinlet and ou∥et gas pressures,specinc gravlty,and 10w rale indicaled 2.06 BALL VALVES A.Construction,4 1nches and Sma∥er MSS SP‐110,Class 150,400 psicwP,brOnze or ductiie iron body,chЮ me口 abd brass ball,陀 gda p呼 ,Tenon seaぉ and dumng bOx“n。,bbW‐Om pお Of slem,lever hand!e,threaded ends wlth un,on, 2.07 PLuC VALVES Attfま隻1嚇認鼎臀品肌』l蹴 :‰ξtt「Ъ腑躍鼎ed∝ 2.08 LINE PRESSURE RECULATORS AND APPLIANCE REGULATORS:ND:cATORS A.Comp∥ance Requirements: 1. App∥ance Regulalor ANSi Z21.18/CSA 63. 2. Line Pressure Regulator ANSI Z21.30ノ CSA 6 22. 3.MateHals in Contact Wlh Gas: 1.HouЫ ng:Alumhum,sted lfree OfnOn‐ferous metas) 2 Seals and Diaphragms: NBR‐based rubber. C Maximum inlet Operatng Pressure:10 psi. 1 日ne Pressure Reguiato●2 psL D.Output Pressure Range:l hch wcto 80inch鵬 PART 3 EXECuT:ON 3.01 PREPARAT!ON A Ream plpe and tube ends Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B Remove scale and dirt,on inside and outside,before assembly. C Prepare piping conneclons lo equipment wth langes Or unions. 3.02 !NSTALLAT:ON A lnsta∥in accordance輌 th manufaclurers instructions. BI Provde non‐∞nduclhg dbbct面 c connectbns whereveFidnth9 dも Ыmibr rletab: ―――― C. ROute piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient Route para∥el and perpendicularto wa∥sD lnsta∥piping tO maintain headroom,∞nserve space`and notinterere wLh use of space. E.Croup piping whenever practical at oommon elevalons F Estabiish elevations of buried piping Outside the building to ensure notless than l l of cOver PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 231123‐3Copy百 9h12018 by KLUBER,INC:All R ghts Reserved SECTloN 23 11 23 FAC LITY NATURAし GAS PIPING G. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies. H. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories readyforfinish painting, l. lnstallvalves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. J. Pipe vents from gas pressure reducing valves to outdoors and terminate in weather proof hood. K. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. L. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. lnstall in accordance with ASME B31 .9. 2. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3.03 APPLICATION A. lnstall unions downsheam of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. B. Provide plug valves in natural gas systems for shut-off service. 3.04 SERVICECONNECTIONS A. Coordinate gas service modifications with utility company. 3.05 SCHEDULES A, Pipe Hanger Spacing: 1. Metal Piping: a. Pipe Size: 1/2 inches to 1-114 inches: 1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 6.5 fi. 2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inches. b. Pipe Size: 1-112 inches to 2 inches: 1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 ft. 2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inch. c. Pipe Size: 2-112 inches to 3 inches: 1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 ft. 2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch. END OF SECTION PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 231123‐4Copy19h1 2018 by KLUBER,lNC.:A∥Ri9hts ReseⅣed SECTloN 23 11 23 FACILITY NATURAL‐GAS PIPING SECT10N 26 05 00 BAS!C ELECTR:CAL REQUIREMENTS PARTl GENERAL l.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawlngs and general provisions of Contract,inctuding General and Supp!ementary cOndl10ns and Division 01 SpecincatiOn Sections,apply lo this Seclion. 1.02 SECTiONINCLUDES A. Baslc Electncal Requirements specinca∥y app∥cable to Division 26 Seclons,in addliOn to Divlsion 01‐General Requirements l.03 RECULATORY REQU:REMENIS A.ProⅥde a∥male∥als and iaborin∞nfomance輛 th the fo∥o輛 ng codes and standards: 1.Vi∥age of Oak Brook‐Code of ordinances. 2. ANSI/NFPA 70‐Natonal E!ectrical Code 2008 Ednion as adOpled and Amended by the v∥lage of Oak BЮ ok,∥∥nois 3 1BC international Bu∥ding Code,2009 Edlion,wlh local amendmenls. 4 1ECC intemational Energy Conservation Code,2006 Editlon面 th locai amendments. 5 1ntema“onal Fire Code,First Ediion,2003,輌 th local amendments. 6.ADA‐AG‐Amencan wth Disab∥lies Act‐A∝essib∥ily Guide∥nes 7.∥hds AccesЫ biliけ COde,1997 EdmOn o∥nOも Admmistra∥ve Code,Tlle 71,Chapter L Subchapler b,PaF 400). 8 UndeⅣvttbrs Laboratory. 9 install eleclHca!Work in accordance輌 th the NECA Standard oflnslana10n. 1.04 DEL!VERY,STORAGE AND HANDLiNG A.Store and protect a∥male∥als as specined underthe provislons of Seclion 01 60 00 and as specined herein a ttw"山 ds b he画酬pЮ "∥ y de面凪器酬::』甲d mm.e、け "、"d鴫comp∥ance labeis,and otherinformation nee C.Shや pЮ dudstO thelob sle h ther o面 Jnd packaghg Receive and dott producls h a sunaЫe mannerto prevent damage o「detedOralon Keep equipment up“ght al a∥1市 es、 D.lnves19ate the spaces through which equipmeni must pass lo reach ts inal deslnalon Coordinate面 th the manufacturerlo arrange de∥very atthe proper stage of cOnstruction and 10 provide shipping splits vvhere necessary. 1105 PRO」ECTIS!TE COND:T:ONS Attwit摘 ]∥珊淵柵 λ朧忘駅∬Ⅷ駅 1臨 :肥S PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260500‐1Copyrlght 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥Righis Reserved SECTloN 26 05 00 BASiC ELECTR10AL REQUIREMENTS BttII景摺∥偏轟鸞滸pL繹鼈肥臨性躙g 4.06 MODiF:CAT10N PROCEDURES A,Procedures for modttcaJon ofWork are specned underthe provisions of seclon 01 20 00 1.07 QUALilγ ASSuRANCE A.Provide Work as required for a complete and opemlonal e!ettcalinsla∥a10n B A∥products sha∥be designed,manufactured,and lested in ac∞rdance with industry standards lll棚 llⅧ悧肥L網麗llξ l::11:鶴為ISedheЮ aお L hdude he u10wln」 2 AmeJcan Sociely for Tesling and Matedals(ASTM). 3.NaJonal ElectHcal Manufaclurers Associalon(NEMA) 4 Undem祠 ers Laboratoles,inc.(UL). C.insta∥JI Workin a∝ordance wih the NECA Standard ofinstanalon l.08 SUBM:π ALS A Submna∥requested tems in Division 26,27&23 Sections under proMdons Of section 01 60 00. 1.09 SUBSTiTUTiONS A. Substitutions Ⅵ″∥be considered only as a∥owed wthin the provisions of Sec10n 01 60 00. 1.10 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Cooperate and assislin the preparalon of proieCt record documents underthe prOvis10ns of Seclon 01 70 00 1.11 00NSTRUCT:ON PROCEDURES A Construct Workin sequence Ⅷth a∥othertrades and Owners schedule as specifled underthe proMsions of Section 01 70 00 8 Prepare Work as speclled underthe provisions of Section 01 70 00. C, Provide cleaning as specined under provisions of SecJon 01 70 00. 1.12 TRENCHING,F!LL AND COMPACT:ON A.Provide trenching,1∥and compaclion for a∥work indicated on Dra赫 ngs and specined in Divも ion 26 seclions Pettrm workin accOrdance with D市 ision 31 requirements l.13 TEMPORARY UTILIT!ESA柵胤器」l鼈器猟誂:網 lЪ ξ鵬鶴鶏鵬鑑l問晨闘:7Л TW" requirements PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260500‐2Copy百 9h12018 by KLUBER,lNCt A∥R9hts Reserved SECTloN 26 05 00 BASiC ELECTR!CAL REQulREMENTS 1.14 PROJECT MANACEMENT AND 000RD!NAT:ON A.PЮ perproleCt management and coordinalon is crilicalfor a successful projeCto Manage and coordinate the Work with all othertrades in accordance with Section 01 30 oo requirementst Re∥ance onthe Drawings and Specnca10ns onけ fOrexact proiectrequirements b insumcbntfor pЮ per coordina∥on. PART 2 PRODuCTS Not usedi PART 3 EXECUT!ON Not used. END OF SECT:ON PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1179 260500‐3Copy「19ht 2018 by KL∪BER,INC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed SECTloN 26 05 00 BASiC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECT!ON 26 05 01 M:NOR ELECTR:CAL DEMOLiT:ON PART 1 0ENERAL l.01 SECT10N!NCLUDES A.日 ecl∥cal demo11lon l.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS A,Seclon o1 70 00‐ExecuJon and Cioseout Requirements:AddIlonal requirements for anera∥。ns work l.03 SUMMARY A.Seclon includes: 1,EttdlcJ demo∥tbr Remove ebct洒 calsyslems shown on drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATER:ALS AND EQU:PMENT A Malettab and equipmentfor patching and extending MЮ rk:As specined in individual sections. PART 3 EXECuT:ON 3.01 EXAMiNATiON A Vettthalabandoned輌 "ng and equゃ me■ServeonwabandOnedね cilmes B Beginning of demontion means inslaller accepts exlsting conditions.C鮮蹂脚隅EFttT棚矧t躙輻剛器躙 × te 3.02 PREPARATiON A Coordinate ullly service outages wlh u∥∥ty∞mpany B ]|:lilil∥ illllli#illi:niま :li品 T「:電 l糧 :::∫:1:黒 tl:ネ :∥til里 l器 rsonnel C Exisllng Electrlcal Service:Maintain eXiSlng reOdy fOrservbe Dお abb system on″lo mt from Owner and Architect atleast 2 weeks r syslem. Mininnize outage duratibn to 8 hou凛 areas adlacent to work area臥猾l骨 1勲 :罰淵譜1蠍柵蹴蹴枇朧Ⅷ鵬4 conneclonslomainlalnservlcehareasadll:き i:還輛:IIIlil° ulage duratOn Make lempOrary PRO」ECT N0 18 172-1179 260501‐10opyrigh1 2018 1y KLUBER,lNC:A∥R ghts ReseAred SECTloN 26 05 01 MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLIT10N 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A, Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. C, Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned ouilets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned ouilets that are not removed. E. Electrical service, generator and equipment demolition: lnclude demolition of all utility services to include gas piping, conduits, cables/wires, pads and equipment. Extend feeders intended to be reused to new equipment or switchboards, lnclude restoration of sites and patching of holes. F. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension rltork. G. Maintain access to existing electricalinslallations that remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. H. Relocate existing fire alarm devices affected by wall, ceiling and floor demolition. L Properly dispose of all ballast to approved ballast recycler. Do not land fill ballasts. END OF SECTION PROJECT N0 18‐172-1179 260501‐2copylght 2018 by KLUBER,lNC.;A∥Rights Reserved SECT10N 26 05 01 MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLIT10N SECT:ON 26 05 02 ELECTRICAL:DENT:FiCAT!ON PARTl GENERAL l.01 SUMMARY A.Seclion lncludes: 1. Nameplales and labeis. 2.Wlre and cable markers. 3.Condun markers, 4.UndergrOund Warning Tape. 1.02 QUALITYASSURANCE A.Confom lo the requirements of NFPA 70 B Producls Llsled and ciassiled by Undemmers Laboralones lnc as a subble fOr purpOse speclled as shown PART 2 PRODuCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A.NameplalesI Engraved threeJayerlaminaled p!aslic,black leters on white background. B. Locationsi l Each electrcal dist∥bution and control equipment enclosure. C Letter Size: l Use18 hch bお “ for denl″hg hdMdud equゎ ment and bads 2.Use 1/4 hch bお鰺for denl″hg gЮ uped eq面 pmentand badsa淵は鼎1棚 i柵 Ⅷ鶏瀧rf[譜朧:柵 :Lλ 躙拙肥・眺¨nly for 2.02 W:RE AND CABLE MARKERS A ManufaclurersI l Brady ModelPCPS 2 Pandul Model PCM 3 T&B Model WM B Desc∥plon:Cloth type輛 re markers. C Locations: Each conductor at panelboard guters,pu∥boxes,and each load cOnnectiOn D Le9end: 1, Power and Lighlng circutsI Branch circun orfeeder numberindicaled On dra輛 ngs 2.03 00NDU:T MARKERS A Localon:Furnlsh markers for each oondullongerthan 6 feet B Spacing:20 feet on center PRO」ECT N0 18172‐1179 260502‐1Copyttgh1 2018 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 26 05 02 ELEcTRICALIDENTIFICAT10N C.Colo「 1,480 Vol System:Orange 2. 208 Volt System:Black 3.Fire Alam System:Red. 2.04 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A.DescJplon:4 hch widё phslctape,delectabb type,∞lored red with sunabb wamhgね gend describing buried electrical∥nes. PART 3 EXECUT10N 3.01 PREPARAT!ON A. Degrease and clean surFaces to receive nameplates and labeis. 3.02 APPL!CAT10N A. lnsta∥nameplate and label para∥eito equipment∥nes. B.Secure nameplate to equipmentfront using screws. C, Secure nameplates to inslde surace Ofdoor on panelboard thatls recessed in flnished locations。 D.ldenti"underground conduits using undergЮ und warning tape.lnsta∥one tape pertrench at 3 hches below ttnished grade. END OF SECT10N PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 260502‐2Copy19ht 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 26 05 02 ELECTRlCAL IDENTIFICAT:ON SECT10N 26 05 19 CONDuCTORS AND DEVICES PARTl GENERAL l,01 SUMMARY A.Section lncludes: 1.Wittng Methods. 2. Wire and Cable 3.Wi∥ng Devices and Wa∥Phtes 4. Large Poke‐ThЮ ugh Fittings 5. Pushbuttons. 6.MoJon Sensors. 7, Wiring Connections. 8,Cords and Caps. 9. Retractable Cord and Plug Set, 10。Cei∥ng Fans. 1.02 SUBM:TTALS A. Submtt Under Provlsions of Section 01 30 00‐Submittals: 1. Product Data: Provide data on wiJng devices and cover plates. 1,03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Perform Work in accordance with NECA Standard oflnsta∥alon. B. PЮ ducts:Llsted and classined by Underwrilers Laboratories lnc.as a suilable fbr purpose specined as shown. PART2 PRODuCTS 2.01 W!RING METHODS A.A∥locations:Bu∥ding wire in raceway. B.Use no wire smallerthan 12 AWG for power and ligh∥ng circuns,and no sma∥erthan 14 AWG for control wi面 ng. ・廿::綿鵞悧胤糧鯖器鷺祈:I棚i臨珈 l田船b"∝hm mO m a,A∥programmable panel branch circuls(arger where indicated)。 b. A∥emergency 19hlng and exl branch clrculs. 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE A,Manufacturersi l. Okonle. 2.Southwire. 3, Collyer. B, Building Wlre: PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519‐1cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rlghts Reserved SECT10N 26 05 19 CONDUCToRS AND DEVICES 1 . Feeders and Branch Circuits Larger Than 6 AWG: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 volt insulation. 2. Feeders and Branch Circuits 6 AWG and Smaller: Copper conductor, 600 volt insulation. 6 and 8 AWG, stranded conductor; smaller than 8 AWG, stranded conductor (solid for device terminations). 3. Control Circuits: Copper, stranded conductor,600 volt insulation. 4. Use 10AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet. 5. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet. 6. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. 7, Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. C. Locations: 1 . Concealed Dry lnterior Locations: Use only building whe with Type THHN insulation in raceway. 2. Exposed Dry lnterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type THHN insulation in raceway. 3. Above Accessible ceilings: Use only building wire with Type THHN insulation in racewav. 4. Wel or Damp lnterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type THWN insulation in raieway. 5. Exterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type XHHW insulation in raceway. 6. Underground lnstallations: use only building wire with Type XHHW insulation in raceway. 2.03 WIRING DEVICES AND WALL PLATES A. Single Pole Switch: Specification gnade. 1. Hubbell Model 1121. 2. P&S[4ode1521. 3. Leviton Model 1'121. 4. Color: lvory. B. Three-way Switch: Speci{lcation grade. 1. Hubbell Model 1123. 2. P&SModel523. 3. Leviton Model 1123. 4. Color: lvory. C. Four-way Switch: Specification grade. 1. Hubbell Model 1124. 2. P&SModel 524. 3. Leviton Model '1124. 4. Color: lvory. D. Single-pole Key Switch: Specification grade. 1. Hubbell Model 1121-1. 2. P&SModel 521-1. 3. Leviton Model '1121-1. E. Three-way Key Switch: Specification grade. 1. Hubbell Model 1123-1. 2. P&SModel 523-1. 3. Leviton Model 1123-1. PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1179 260519‐2Copy“ght 2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥R19hts Reserved SECTIoN 26 05 19 CONDUCToRS AND DEViCES F. Four-way Key Switch: Specification grade. 1. HubbellModelll24L. 2. P &S Model 524-L. 3. Leviton Model 1124-1. G. Single-pole Fluorescent Dimmer Switch: Specification grade. 1. Lutron Nova Series or equal. 2. Description: Linear slide fluorescent dimmer, compatible with ballast and number of lamps. 3. Voltage: 277 voft. 4. Power Rating: Match load shown on drawings H. Momentary Contact (Keyed) Switch 1. Hubbell, 2. P&S. 3. Leviton Model 1257-1. 4. Color: lvory. L Momentary Contact Switch 1. Hubbell. 2. P &S. 3. Leviton Model 1257, 4. Color: lvory. J. Duplex Convenience Receptacle: Nema 5-20R, duplex, specification gnade. 1. Hubbell, 2. Bryant. 3. Leviton. 4. Color: lvory. K. lsolated Ground Duplex Receptacle: Nema 5-20R, duplex, isolated ground, specification grade. 1. Hubbell Model lc-5362. 2. P &SModellG6300. 3. Leviton Model5262-lG. 4. Color: Orange with delta icon. L. GFCI Receptacle: Nema 5-20R, duplex, GFCI, specification grade. 1. Hubbell Model cF-5362. 2. Slater Model SIR-20-F. 3. Eagle Model647. 4. Color: lvory. M. Decorative Cover Plate: 1. Hubbell. 2. Bryant. 3. Leviton. 4. Description: lvory, metal. N. Weatherproof die cast cover. 1. lntermatic Model WP1030MC (Two-Gang). PROJECT NO. 18-'172-'1'179 26 05 19 - 3 SECTTON 26 0s te copyright 2018 by KtuBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved coNDUcroRS AND DEV|CES 2. Approved Equal. O. Special Purpose Receptacles: '1. Hubbell. 2. P&S. 3. Leviton. 4. Description: Nema configuration as shown on Drawings unless noted otheruise. P. Sink Top 'Air' Switch 1. Description: Air activated, counterlop mounted button wtth ak tube and dual-ouflet control box (mounted below cabinet). 2. Manufacturer: a. ln-sink-eralor 'sink top switch' type. b. Approved equal. 3. Butlon finish: a. To be selected by architect. MOTION SENSORSC Manufacturers: 1. Leviton 2. Hubbell 3. Appmved Equal Combination Wall Switch/Occupancy Sensor 1. Dual technology (passive infrared and ultrasonic), 277V sensor with l g0degree field-of-view and maximum coverage of 2400 square feet. 2. Manual push button for ON/OFF light switching. 3. Time delay settings: 30 seconds, 10, 20 or 30 minutes). 4. Adjustable lntegral blinders. 5. sensor shall continuously monitor space to identify usage patterns. Unit shall automaticallv adjust time delay and sensitivity settings for optimal performance and energy efficiency. Ceiling Mounted. 1 . Dual technology (passive infrared and ultrasonic), 24VDC sensor with unobtrusive appearance and 360 degrees of coverage. a. Provide type/quantity of molion sensors to meet square foot coverage requirements. 2. Provide power pack for 24VDC controls and switching of 120/277V chcuits. Minimum quantity of sensors per power pack 2. sensor shall continuously monitor space to identify usage pattems. Unit shall automatically adju$lime delay and sensitivity settings for optimal performance and energy ef{iciency. Time delay settings: Auto, fixed (5,10,15,20 or 30 minutes). Sensitivity settings: Auto, reduced sensitivity (passive infrared) variable (ultrasonic). (1) N/O and (1) N/C output. 2.05 PUSHBUTTONS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric C-2000 Series or equal. PROJECT N0. 18-172-1179 26 05 19 - 4 Copyright 2018 by KLUBER, lNC.;All Rights Reserved SECTloN 26 05 19 00NDUCToRS AND DEVICES B. Description: NEMA ICS-2, 600 volt ac maximum, 10 amperes ac continuous. 1. Emergency Electric Shut Off: Two position maintained push-pull 40mm, rcund plastic red color in NEtr4A 1 enclosure. a. Cover Plate: Emergency Stop cover plale, brushed chrome. b. Label: Gas Shut Ctff. c. Contacts: One normally closed contacl, one normally open contact. 2. Laboratory General Exhaust Switch: MultLfunctbn onoff NE[4A 1 enclosure, gang with emergency electric shut off pushbutton. a. Cover Plale: Room Exhaust cover plate. b. Label: OniOff. 2,06 LARGE POKE.THROUGH FITTINGS A. Manufaclurers: 1. Wiremold Evolution 6AT Series. 2. Approved Equal. B. Description: Recessed mounted Pok+thru with devices as noted on drawings. provide top guard protection. Poke thru's shall be fire rated. 1. Provide fre stopping as requhed. 2. Core holes in floor as required. Poke-thru's shall be spaced to maintain skuctural integrity of the floor. 2.07 WRII{GCONNECTIONS: A. Make permanent splice connections to achieve no measurable temperature rise: 1. Wire size up to#6 AWG: Spring wire cap. 2. 0ver#6 AWG: Crimp type Compression connector. Rubber under wrap with insulated plastic tape over wap. B. Make terminations to achieve no measurable temperature rise: 1 , Wire size up to #6 AWG: Set screw type compression terminal lug. 2. Wire size over #6 AWG: Crimp type compression connector to spade lug. 2.08 CORDS AND CAPS A. Manufacturers: 1 . Carol. 2. Substitutions: Or Equal. B. Aftachment Plug Construction: Conform to NEMA WD 1. c. configunation: NEMA wD 6; match receptacle configuration at outlet provided for equipment. D. cord construction: ANSI/NFPA 70, Type so multiconductor flexible cord with identified equipment grounding conductor. E, cord construction: ASTM B-8 or B-'174, annealed stranded bare copper with pVC insulation andjacket. Resistant to oils, lubricants, water, acids alkalies, ozone or abrasion. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519‐5Copy甫 9ht 2048 by KLUBER,INCt A I Rights Reserved SECTloN 26 05 19 CONDUCTORS AND DEVICES F.Size:Sutable for connecled load of equipment,length of∞rd,and ra“hg Of branch circul overourrent proledion 13 oondudor#12 unbss othembe noled.) G Accessones Strah_reibfat cap and iunC10n box, H.A∝esso"e,Proude cord g∥p nextto ce∥ng iunCtbn boxto suppOttcord.MOunt cord 91p lo structure. 2.09 RETRACTABLE CORD AND PLUG SET A.Manufacturers: l AppbtOn. 2 Woodhead B Desc∥口bn sね d sp“ng d"ven,ser‐retrading cord andメ ug set. l Cordi Thinン lve(35り foot#12/3 SO Cord. 2 Plug:Nema 5‐20R,wlh strain relief. 3.Suppol:Fixed,structural suppO威.4 Accessones AdiustaЫ e ret∥evd bJislop,hterrned●毎cord hanger 2.10 CEILING FANS A.Manufacturer l Q‐MARK. a.綺 630‐lRDP. 2. Substlu“onI OrApproved Equal. B Desc∥plon: l Heavy‐DulyHoh PettrrnanOe hdust面 J56・ reve,btt va∥abに speed cd∥ng fan. C,Molor Fracliona!horsepower,direct d∥ve,18‐pOle permanent splに capac10r motor哺 th perllnanentiy lub∥cated ba∥bea百 ngs and bui!t‐in therlnal ove∥oad protectiOn D Speed ControL MuLi・ fan so∥d slate speed contro∥er. l Q‐Mark#12006 or equal. E Reverse Swilch: 1.D.P,D.T swEch. 2 Seewi百 ng diagram on detals sheet F Finish:Whne epoxy enamel. G Mounlngi suFace,rooftmss H. ヽ/okage:1 20 voit l Accessory:Fan Cuard(Maney#2800‐lo「2800‐2),SecOndary supp01 chain. 2.1l CE!L!NG FANS A Manufacturer l. Q‐MARK a #36201 PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519‐6copynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC=A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 26 05 19 00NDUCTORS AND DEViCES 2. Substitution: 0r Approved Equal, B. Description: 1. Heavy-Duty/High Performance lnduskial 36' revensible variable speed ceiling fan. C. Motor: Fractional horsepower, direct drive, 18-pole permanent split capacitor motor with permanently lubricated ball bearings and buili-in thermal over.load protection. D. Speed Control: Multi-fan solid state speed contoller. 1. Q-Mark#12006 orequal. E. Reverse Switch: 1. D.P.D.T, switch. 2. See wiring diagnam on details sheet. F. Finish: White epxy enamel. G. Mounting: Surface, roof truss. H. Voltage: 120 volt. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify that interior of building is physically protected froni rrreather. B. Verify hat mechanical raork which is likely to injure conductors has been completed. C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. 3,02 INSTALLATION A. Neatly train and secure wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. B. Use wire pulling lubricant for pulling 4 AWG and larger wires. C. Route wire and cable as requhed to meel project conditions. 1. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. 2. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact rouling and lengths required. D. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. E. Protect exposed cable from damage. F. Neally tnain and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment and panelboards. G. Support cables above accessible ceilings to keep them from resting on ceiling tiles. H. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. l. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and laroer. Taoe uninsulated conductors and connector with electricaltape to 150 percent ol insrilation rating of conductor. PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260519‐7cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 26 05 19 CONDUCToRS AND DEViCES J, Terminate spare conductors with electricaltape. K. Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers. L. lnstall wiring devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. lnstall wall switches at height shown on drawings, OFF position down. 2. lnstall convenience receptacles at height shown on drawings grounding pole on bottom. 3, lnstall specific purpose receptacles at heights shown on Drawings. M. lnstallwall plates flush and level. 1. lnstall decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas. 2. lnstall galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface-mounted outlets. END OF SECTION PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 260519‐8Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,lNC.;A∥Rights Reserved SECT10N 26 05 19 CONDUCTORS AND DEVICES SECT:ON 26 05 29 SuPPORT:NG DEVICES PART1 0ENERAL l.01 SUMMARY A.Seclion includes: l Conduitand,quipment suppods 2 Anchors and fasleners l.02 REFERENCES A.NECA‐Nalonal Contraclors Associalon B.ANSi/NFPA 70‐Nalonal Elect百 dal Code. PART 2 PRODuCTS 2.01 PRODuCT REQU:REMENTS A.Matelals and Finishes:Provide adequate corosion resistance. a:品 1惚 Ttta量腑麒龍:i酬漁糀 f棚臨亀Ⅷ肌P“ Sd C.Anchors and Fasteners: 1.Concrete Sttctural ttements:Use expansbn anchOrs. 2.Steei Struclural Elements:Use beam ciamps. 3 Concrete Surfacesi Use ser‐d面 ∥ing anchors and expansion anchors, 4.Holbw Masonry,Plaster,and Gpsum 8oard PartniOns:use lo991e bols 5. Sond MasOnry Wa∥sl use expansion ancho"and presetinsens. 6.Sheet MetaL Use sheet metal scretvs 7 Wood Elements:Use wood scre縣 2.02 RACK CONSTRUCT:ON A,Manufacturers: l UniStrut 2 B‐Line 3 Caddy. B Desc「iplion: 1. Rack: 12 gauge galvanized stee!,15ノ 8・ BY15/8・ fulL green inish. 2 Sp"ng Steel C∥psi Sp面 ng ortwld type. 3 Pipe Clampi Condui clamp,malch面 th rack. 4 Threaded rod and hardware:Plated inish,size and length as required fOrioading and conditions 2.03 CONDU!T HANGERS A.Manufacturers: l Minera∥ac Electlc Company PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 260529‐1oOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Reserved SECTloN 26 05 29 SUPPORTING DEVICES 2. Substitutions: OrApproved Equal. B. Description: 1, Standard conduit hanger, zinc-plated steel with bolts. 2. Threaded rod and hardware: Plated finish, size and length as required for loading and conditions. 2,04 BEAM CLAMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Appleton, 2. Midwest. 3. Raco, B. Description: Malleable beam clamp, zinc plated steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. lnstall products in accordance with manufacture/s instructions. B. Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA "standard of lnstallation,, c, Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and conduit. D. Do not use powder-actuated anchors. E. Do not drill or cut structural members. F, Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly weld members or use hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance wtth adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock washers under all nuts, G. lnstall surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. H. ln wet and damp locations use steel channelsupports to stand cabinets and panelboards one inch off wall. l. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions, END OF SECTION PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 260529‐2Copylgh1 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 26 05 29 SUPPORTING DEVICES SECT:ON 26 05 35 RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART l GENERAL l.01 SUMMARY A Sec」on lncludes: l Raceway Requirements. 2 Meta∥ic Condu“and Fttings. 3 Nonmeta!∥c Tubing. 4 Electrical Boxes 5,Directional Bo“ng. 6.Pedestal Enciosure. 7. Elect∥cal Floor Boxes 8 Muni‐service Steel Recessed Fioo「Box 9 Electlical Ceiling 3oxes 10 Penetralion Sealants. 11.Surrace Meta∥ic Raceway 12.Low PЮ nle surface Meta∥ic Raceway 13.Surace Nonmeta∥ic Raceway. 141Pop_open Enciosure 15.Hand Holes 16.Wlreway. 1.02 REFERENCES A.Ame"can Nalonal Standards lnslilule(ANSl) 1.ANSI C80 1‐Specnca10n fOr Rigid Steel Conduit,Zinc‐Coated. 2 ANS!C803‐SpecincatiOn fOr Eleclncal Melallic Tubing,zinc‐COaled. 3.ANSiノ NEMA FB l‐Fitings,Cast Metal Boxes,and Condul BOdies for COndun and Cable Assemblies. C NECA lStandard ofinsta∥ationi D undemnters Laboratory Fire Redstancё Direclory l.03 QUAL:TY ASSURANCE A. lnsta∥a∥raceways in accordance wnh applicable bu∥ding codes and NECA・ Standard Of insta∥ation.・ 1.04 SuBM:TTALS A Shop Drawings:Submitintended roulng of a∥conduits expOsed in rooms Or under siab. Due lo the exposed nature ofthis A10rk,careful lay_Out procedures are necessarytO provide an acceptable aesthetic appearance and lo avoid cЮ ssing of conduits, B Subml Under PЮ visions of Section 01 78 00‐Contract Closeout l Prolect Record Documenも:a Accuratew reCOd actuJね caJons and mounlng hethtS OfOu∥et,pu∥,andル ndiOn boxes PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 260535-l sECTloN 26 05 35 copy百 9h12018 by KLUBER`INCi測 I R ghts ReseⅣed RACEVtlAYS AND 30XES b. Accurately record re-anangement of panel schedule at panelboards. c. Accurately record within a tolerance of 6 inches the localion of all conduits greater than 3/4" trade size, all conduit homeruns, all underground and all in-slab conduits. 1,05 PROJECTCONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in. C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as requked to complete wiring system, D. Electrical boxes are shom on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. lnstall at locations requked for box to serve intended purpose. Include in base bid, installation within j0 feet of location shown. 1.06 TRENCHING, FILL AND COMPACTION A. Provide trenching, till and compaction for all work indicated on Dnawings and specified in Division 26 sections. B. Delegated Engineering Responsibility: The contractor shall employ experienced horizontal directional drilling personnel familiar with local conditions and Commonwealth Edison Company requkements. Contractor shall be responsible for selection of drilling equipment, drillinq fluids drilling operations; location and tacking instrumentation, ream and pull back procedurei. 1.07 TEMPORARYUTILITIES A. Anange with utility company and provide temporary lighting and power necessary for building continued operations and construction use. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MCEWAYREQUIREMENTS A. Use only specified raceway in the following locations: 1. Branch Circuits and Feeders: a. Concealed Dry lnterior Locations: Electrical metallic tubing. b. Exposed Dry lnterior Finished Locations: Electrical metallic tubing. c. Exposed Dry lnterior Unfinished Localions: Electrical metallic tubing. d. Utility Primary and Site Lighting:Sch 40 pVC, concrete encased under road ways and parking lots. 1) Transition to galvanized rigid metalric conduit at transformer pad and utility pole locations. 2) Conduit Fittings: NEMA TC 9 3) Product: As approved by Utility Company (Commonweahh Edison Company). e. All other locations: Galvanized Rigid Metallic Conduit. B. Size racewap for conductor type installed. 1. Minimum Size Conduit Homerun to Panelboard: 3/4]nch. PRO」ECT N0 48‐172-1179 260535‐2SECTloN 26 05 35 Copy百 gh1 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R9his Resersed RACEVVAYS AND BOxES 2102 MEttALLiC CONDU:T AND FITTINOS A.Condu忙:1. Rigid Steel Condun: ANSI C80.1. 2. Elecl∥cal meta∥ic tubing:ANSI C80,3. 3. Flexible Conduiti UL l,zinc‐ooated steel. a. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit: UL360. Fitings sha∥be speciflca∥y appЮ ved ibr use with this raceway. B. Oonduit Fi壮 ings: 1, Metal Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB l, a, EM丁 1lings:Use set‐screw indento卜 type側面ngs. 2.03 NONMETALLIC TUB:NG A,Manufaclurers: 1. CaJon Co. 2. LCP National Plastics,lnc. 3.Pacttc Westem Extruded Plaslcs Co. B. Descriptioni UL651A"Type EB and A PVC COndun and HDPE Condul." 1,Condu腱 :Schedり le 40.Sulable for exposure to sun∥ght and direct bu百 al. 2.04 ELECTRICAL BOXES A,Manufaclurers: 1.Ra∞.2.Steel CIy. 3. Appleton. 4. Subsltulons: o「Approved EquaL B,Sheet Meta1 0utlet 8oxes:ANSI′NEMA OS l,galvanized sleel,suitable for lnstallalon in masonry: C, Equipment Support Boxesi Rated for weight Of equipment suppottediinclude 2 inch male lxture studs where required. D, Wet Locatlon Outlet Boxes: Cast alumlnumi cast a∥oy,deep type,9asket cOverithreaded hubs. 2,05 POP・ OPEN ENCLOSURE A.Manufacturersi l. FSR 2. Hubbe∥ 3.Wiremold B. Desc∥plon l. Recessed table lop enclosure wlth pop‐open cover. 2.(1)Double duplex receptacle. 3. Up to 8 COnlmunications devices. 4. Can be insta∥ed ln any table surface with thlckness ranging from,75"io 2.75“ PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 260535‐3cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed SECT10N 26 05 35 RACEWAYS AND BOXES C Cover l. Flush type. 2. Color as seiected by Archttcl 2.06 PEDESTAL ENCLOSURE A Manufacturers: l Hubbe∥.2 いlremold 3. Approved Equa! B, Desc"plon: l Above Counter servlce pedestaL 2 Mela∥ic wtth aluminum frame and brushed aluminum housing i椰珊椰榊i椰 l曹癬1蠅紳躙T C Cover l Stainless steeL 2.07 ELECTRICAL FL00R BOXES Manufacturers: 1. Hubb€ll. 2. Appleton. 3. Walker. concrete floor slab: Fully adjustable, slamped. steel, 3' deep, two compartment (poweridata), recessed fllp top cover service box style floor box.Ac. Pmvide surface mounted ("dog house" type) service littings where called out on drawings.1. Service fitting shall: a. accept up to (2) l,locking nipples. b. have interchangeable faceplates. D. Cafeteria: Fully adlustable, cast iron, 4' deep, brass screw covers with threaded brass protective rings for plugs (mechanical/wet mop protection). 2.08 MULTI.SERVICE STEEL RECESSED FLOOR BOXES A. Manufacturers 1. Hubbell Wking Devices - Kellems - www.hubbell-wking.com 2. Thomas & Betts Corporation - www.tnb.com 3. The Wkemold Company - www.wiremold.com B. Description: 1. Recessed type. 2. Provide capacity of up to six duprex receptacres and/or communication services.3. Fully adjustable before concrete pour. 4. Openings for up to (4) 1, conduits and (4) 3/4" conduits. PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1179 260535‐4Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R ghts Reserved SECTloN 26 05 35 RACEヽ ″AYS AND BoxES C. Flush Caver and Flange Assembly: 1. Steel Cover with Carpet Flange Assembly. 2. Cover shall provide protection from water, dirt and debris. 3. Cover shall close completely when plugs are connected into receptacles and/or communications jacks. D. Backbox dimensions (minimum). 1. 10' Length x 10" Width x 3" Depth. 2.09 ELECTRICAL CEILING BOXES, A. Manufaclurers: 1. Panduit. 2. Leviton. 3. Walker. B. Description: Two gang, separated power/data surface metallic box. Combination duplex receptacle with two port data faceplate, compatible with data jacks. lvory. 2.10 PENETMTIONSEALANTS A. Fire-rated assemblies: Provide lirestopping of all penetrations made by Work under this Contmct in accordance with provisions of Section 07 84 00 requirements. B. Thermal and Moisture Protection: Provide thermal and moisture protection made by Work under this Contract of all exterior wall, floor and roof penetrations in accordance with Division 7 requirements. 2.11 TWO CELL SURFACE METALLIC RACEWAY A. Manufacturer: 1. Wiremold G4000 Series or equal. B. Description: UL-s,4-3/4 inches wide by 1-3/4 inches height, two channel galvanized steel, combination power/data. C. Finish: Painted, ANSI 61 Gray. D. Accessories: Transition fittings, divider plates, device mounting straps, couplings, combination powerkata cover plates, end plates and all other accessories necessary for a complete system in locations indicated on Drawings. 2,12 fWO CELL LOW PROFILE SURFACE METALLIC RACEWAY A. Manufaclurer: '1. Wiremold 2400 Series or equal. B. Description: UL-5,2 inches wide by'1 inch height, two channel galvanized steel, combination power/data. C. Finish: Painted, ANSI 61 Color Selected by archiiecl. PRO」ECT N0 18 172-1179 260535‐5Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥RIghts Reseぃ red SECT10N 26 05 35 RACEVVAYS AND BOXES D. Accessories: Transition frttings, divider plates, device mounting straps, couplings, combination power/data cover plates, end plates and all other accessories necessary for a complete syslem in localions indicated on Drawings. 2.13 TWO CELL SURFACE NON.METALLIC RACEWAY A. Manufacturer: 1. Wiremold 5400 Series or equal. B. Description: UL.sA,5-1/4 inches wide by 1-3/4 inches height, two channel with individual (twin snap) comparlment covers, combination power/data. c. Finish: white. D. Accessories: Transition fittings, divider plates, device mounting shaps, couplings, combination poweridata cover plates, end plates and all other accessories necessary for a complete system in locations indicated on Drawings. 2.14 POP.OPENENCLOSURE A. Manufacturers 1. FSR#T3U-3R- fsrinc.com 2. No Substitutions. B. Description 1. Recessed table top enclosure with popopen cover. 2. Provide double duplex receptacle. 3. Provide space for data jack wtere required. C. Flush Cover: 1. Finish to be selected by Architect. 2,15 HAND HOLES A. Manufacturers: 1 . Quazite. 2. Approved Equal B. Description: Precast polymer concrete or precast concrete, Non-conductive, non-flammable with open bottom. Flanged, nonronductive, gasketed mver enclosure with stainless-steel cover screws. 1 . Load Rating: UL listed Tier 22 as suitable for driveway, parking lot and off+oadway applications subiect to occasional non-deliberate heavy vehicular traffic. 2. Cover inscribed with or 'ELECTRIC' or other suitable description. 2.16 WIREWAY A. Manufacturers: 1. Hoffman. 2. Cooper lndusiries. 3. Approved Equal. PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1179 260535‐6Copyttght 2048 by KLUBER,lNCI A∥Rights Reserved SECT ON 26 05 35 RACE■lAYS AND BOXES B. Description: 1. NElvlA Type 1 Lay-ln Galvanized Wireway, U1 870. Flat cover design. Size as shoum on drawings. 2. Provide hinged covers where noted on drawings. 3. Provide all elbows, tee's, covers and fittings as requircd C. Finish: 1. To be selected by ArchitecVEngineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify that interior of building is physically protected from weather. B. Verify that mechanical work which is likely to injure conductors has been completed. C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. D. Verify that supporting surfaces are ready to receive lrork. E. Eleckical boxes are shown on Drawings, in approximate locations, unless dimensioned.'t. Obtain verification from ArchitecVEngineer for locations of outlets throughout prior to rough-in. F, Degrease and clean surfaces to receive wire markers. 3,02 INSTALLATION A. Anange conduit to maintain headroom and to present neat appearance. '1. Route raceway pamllel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. 2. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance to piping and 12 inch clearance to heat surfaces such as flues and heating appliances. 3. Maintain requked fire, acoustic, and vapor banier rating when penetrating walls, floors, and ceilings. 4. Use conduit hangers and clamps; do not fasten with wire or perforated pipe straps. 5, Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction. 6. Terminate conduit stubs with insulaled bushings. 7. Use suitable caps to protect installed raceway againsl entrance of dirt and moisture.L lnstall expansion joints where raceway crosses building expansion joints. B. lnstall electrical boxes as shown on the drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipmeni connections and regulatory requirements. '1. Locate and install electrical boxes to allow access. Provide access panels if required. 2. Locate and install electrical boxes to maintain headroom and to present neal mechanical appearance. 3. lnstall pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings or in unfnished areas. 4. Provide knockout closures for unused openings. 5. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets above counters, benches, backsplashes and furniture. C. Use recessed outlet boxes in finished areas and where indicaled. PROJECT NO. 18-172-1179 26 05 35 - 7 SECTTON 26 05 35 Copyright 2018 by KLUBER, lNC.;All Rights Reserved MCEWAYS AND BOXES 1. Secure boxes to interior wall and partition studs, accurately positioning to allowfor surface finish thickness, 2. Use stamped steel stud bridges for flush outlets in hollow stud wall, and adjustable steel channel fasteners for flush ceiling outlet boxes. 3, Locate boxes in masonry walls to require cutting comer only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat openings for boxes. 4. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls; provide 6 inches separation, minimum; except provide 24 inches separation, minimum in acoustic+ated walls, 5, Do not damage insulation, D. lnstall conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of walls, floors, partitions and other elements, using materials and methods recognized by Underwriters Laboratory Fire Resistance Directory. E. Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA 'standard of lnstallation,. F, Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and conduit. G. Do not use powder-actuated anchors. H. Cut or core structural members and thermal and moisture baniers only upon receiving permission from Architect. Each Contractor shall be responsible for making necessary penetrations for the completion of it's Work. l. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly weld members or use hexagon head botts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock washers under all nuts. J. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions. END OF SECTION PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1179 260535‐3Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥R19hts Reserved SECT10N 26 05 35 RACEWAYS AND BOXES SECTION 26 21 00 LOW・ VOLTAGE ELECTRiCAL SERⅥCE ENTRANCE PARTl GENERAL l.01 SECT:ON:NCLUDES A,ElectHcal servlce requirements.The design inlent is to cOnsolidate service pOints I「om m servbes lo one service.Thも Pttecl aに。hdudes rebcalion of seMce equlpment atthe designaled senИ ce location. l u∥nycα The U∥けComlany may,at ls dヽ cretbn,rephce the pad‐mOunttransbmer designaled lo remain.Contractorlo subml load letter based upon Dra、Mngs and Specincalons and make arangements wth Ul1ly Co l.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A,Section 26 05 19‐Conduclors and DOvices B, Section 26 05 29‐Suppotting DeMces C.Seclibn 26 05 35‐Raceway and Boxes D.Seclion 26 24 13‐Service and DistHbulion E. Section 26 05 29‐Hangers and Suppo∥s fOr Electlicai Systems. F, Section 31 23 16.13‐Trenching: Excavating,bedding,and backF!∥ng l.03 DEF:N:T:ONS A.SeMce Point The point ofconneclon between lhe fac∥lies ofthe serving u∥∥y and the premises 前∥ng as denned in NFPA 70,and as designaled by the Ullity Company. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A, IEEE C2‐National Electrlcal Safety Codei 2012 B NECAl‐Standard for Good Workmanship in ElectHcal Constructioni 201o C NFPA70‐Nalonai Elect"cal Codei Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authonty Having Jurlsdiction, including A∥App∥cable Amendments and Supplements l.05 ADM:NiSTRATIVE REQUiREMENTS A Nolaterthan two weeks fo∥owing date ofthe Agreementi nolfy UJ∥ty Company Of anlcipated dale of service. B Coordination: 1.ven″the b∥0輌 ng vvith Ul∥ty Company Юpttsentat市 α a U“lity Company requiremenls,includin9 diviSiOn of responsib∥ity. b Exactlocation and detalls of ut∥ity point of connection c UJ∥ty easement requiremenls. d U∥∥ty cOmpany charges associated Nvtth providing service. 2 Coordinate the work with othertrades to avoid placement of other ul∥∥es Or obstrucliOns within the spaces dedicated for electrical service and associated equipment PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 262100‐l sECT10N 26 21 00 0opy百 9h12018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R19hts Reserved LOVtl VOLTAGE ELECTRicAL SERVICE ENTRANCE 3. Coordinate arrangement of service enirance equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements oflhe actual equipment to be installed. 4. Notify ArchitecUEngineer of any conflicts with or deviations from the contracl documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with r,rrork. c. Amange for Utility company to provide permanent electrical service. prepare and submil documentation required by Utility Company. D. Utility Company charges associated with providing pennanent service to be paid by Owner. E. Preinslallation Meeting: Convene one week prior lo commencing unrk of this section to review service requirements and details wfi Utility Company representative. F. Scheduling: 1 . Where work of this section involves intenuption of existing electrical service, anange service inlenuption with Owner. 2. Anange for inspections necessary to obtain Utility Company approval of installation. 1,06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requhements, for submittal procedures. B. Utility Company letter of availability for providing electrical service to project. C. Shop Drawings: lnclude dimensioned plan vier,ra and sections indicating locations and anangemenl of utility company and service entrance equipment, metering provisions,.Iequired clearances, and proposed service routing. 1. Obtain Utility company approval of shop drawings prior to submiftal. D. Drawings prepared by Utility Company. 1,07 QUALITYASSURANCE A. Comply with the following: 1. IEEE C2 (National Electrical Safety Code). 2. NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code). 3. The requirements of the Utility Company. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL SERVICE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide new electrical service consisting of all required conduits, conductors, equipment, metering provisions, supports, accessories, etc. as necessary for connection between utility company point of supply and service entrance equipment. B. Eleckical Service Characteristics: As indicated on drawings. C. Division of Responsibility: 1. Pad-Mounted Utility Transformers: a. Transformer Pads: Reuse existing pad., b. Transformers: Furnished and installed by Utility Company. c. Transformer Grounding Provisions: Reuse existing grounding at pad.. PROJECT NO. 18-172-1179 26 21 OO - 2 SECTTON 26 21 00 copyright 2018 by KLUBER, lNc.;All Rights Reserved LOW-VOLTAGE ELEcTRtcAL sERVtcE ENTMNoE d. Primary: 1) Trenching and Backfilling: Provided by Contractor. 2) Conduits: Furnished and installed by Contractor. 3) Conductors: Furnished and installed by Utility Company. e. Secondary: 1) Trenching and Backfilling: Provided by Contracior. 2) Conduits: Fumished and installed by Contractor. 3) Conductors: Fumished and installed by Conlractor (Service Point at lransformer). 2. Terminations al Service Point Provided by Utility Company 3. MeteringProvisions: a, Meter Bases: Furnished and installed by contractor per Utility company requiremenrs. b. Metering Transformer Cabinets: Fumished and insialled by Conhaitor i.r Utit,ty Co.puny requirements. c. Metering Transformers: Fumished and installed by Utilig Company. d. conduits Between Metering Transformers and Meters: Fumished and installed by Contractor per Utility Company requhements. e. Wiring Between Metering Transformers and Meters: Fumished and installed by Utility Company. D. Products Fumished by Contractor: Comply with Utility Company requhements. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINAT]ON A. Verifo that lield measurements are as shown on drawings. B. Verify that ratings and configurations of service entrance equipment are consistent wrlh the indicated requkements, C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting rrvork. 3.02 PREPAMTION 3.03 INSTALLATION A. lnstall products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and Utility Company requirements. B. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1. c. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances and requhed maintenance access. D. Provide required trenching and backfilling in accordance Wth Section 31 23,16.13. E. Provide directional boring of utility conduits in accordance with Section 26 05 35. F. Provide required support and attachment components in accordance with section 26 05 29. END OF SECTION PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 262100=3 Copy19∥2"3 by KLUBER,NCttt R9∥s ReseⅣed LOWVOLTAGE ELECTRcAL SEミ記 :鶴深魚肥 SECT:ON 26 24 13 SERⅥCE AND D:STR:BUT:ON PARTl GENERAL l.01 SUMMARY A.Sec“on lncludesi l, Dislnbulon Swに hbOards. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPT:ONA棚詭wi織躍器網蹄畿蝋選ぶ鷺∬腱躍辮戦lw胤 ∥叫 B.Grounding ElectЮ de Syslem: 1.Metal undergrOund uler口 pe 2, Rod electrode. 3 Metalframe ofbu∥ding l.03 SUBM:TTALS A Subml Under Provlsions of Di哺 slon 01‐Submitta:s: 1.Shop Drawings:lndicale relevantinfomalon on panelboards,s輌 tchbOards,custOm sectons and devices 2 Product Data:Proude dala on endosed switches,nd drCul breakers,fuses and Paneiboard circul bmakers a.For circul breakers feeding transfomers,provide circul breakertme‐current curves ovedayed面 th transfomer hrush,FLA and p“marylsecondaw themJ∥ml curves 3. Test Repols: SubmitforFleld inspeclon and testing. lnciude descnptiOn Of procedures, duralon,instruments used,and tesl va!ues obtained, Presentinforlna10n in table cOmparng acceptable values lo actual values: a.lndicate overa∥resも tance lo ground and resistance ofeach eleclrode. b lndicate inal phase balance values fOr a∥panelbOards,including neutral. 4.Opera∥ng and Mainlenance lnstructions: a Panelboardi SubmI NEMA PB 2 1 B Subm∥Under Provisions of Section 01 78 00‐Contracl Closeouti蹴詢鮮皿り]× 盟鯰靡朧‰∥"a lndicate Overa∥resbtance to ground and resistance of each eleclrode, b indicate inal phase balance values for a∥panelboards,including neutral 2 0perating and Maintenance instructions: a PaneibOard: Subml NEMA PB 2 1 3 Prolect Record DocumentsI a Accurately recOrd actuallocations of groundlng electrodes. b. Record actuallocalons of Panelboards,indicate actual branch circun arrangement PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 262413‐1Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rghts Reserved SECTloN 26 24 13 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTloN 1.04 QUALITY ASSUMNCE A. Ground System Resistance: 5 ohms. B. Phase balance per panelboard: 10 percent. C. All panelboards shall be of same manufacturer for ease of future maintenance. 1.05 REFERENCES A. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) "Standard of lnstallation.. B. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards. C. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches. D. NEMAPBl.'l - lnstructions for Safe lnstallation, Operation and Maintenance of panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. 1.06 EQUIPMENTPADS A, Electrical Equipment Pads: Equipment pads shall be provided for all free standing equipment. The Electrical contractor shall coordinate each pad requirement including dimensionsl ulr!.ri ,no sleeve requirements. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.0,l SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT A. Manufacturens: 1. Square D. 2. General Electric. 3. Siemens. 4. Substitutions: OrApproved Equal. B. Main Service Entrance Switchboard "MDp' Description: NEMA pB-2, ULg91, group mounted, class 1, front accessible, NElvlA 4 enclosure, service entrance rated, tree stanoinj enctosuie. Refer to panel schedule and Drawings for further information. 1. Cunent Transformer Cabinet: a. utility: commonwealth Edison co. approved, with NEMA 4 cEcHA approved meter fitting and conkol wiring. Suitable for cunent translormers as indicated on Olawings. 1ocate meter fitting on front of section enclosure. 2. Accessibility: Front and rear accessible. C. Bussing: Shall be copper (all phases, neutral and ground). D. Bus Connections: Bolted, accessible from front for maintenance. E. Ground Bus: Extend length of switchboard. F. Breakers: Provide fixed thermal magnetic trip molded case breakers as indicated on Drawings. G. Concrete Curb: Provide concrete curb for free standing equipment. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 262413‐2CopyHght 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥R ghts ReseⅣed SECTloN 26 24 13 SERV CE AND DISTRIBUT10N 2.02 DISTRIBUTIONPANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers; 1. Square D. 2. General Electric. 3. Siemens. 4. Substitutions: Or Approved Equal. B, Distribution Panelboard Description: NEITIA pB-2, free standing, front accessible, ampere and voltage ratings as noted, NEMA 4 enclosure. Refer lo panel schedule and Drawings for further information. 1. Distribution Panelboards shall be a minimum of 30, wide. C. Breakers: Provide fixed thermal magnetic trip molded case breakers branch devices as indicated on Drawings and scheduled at the end Section. D. Bussing: Shall be copper.(all phases, neutral and ground). E. Concrete Curb: Provide concrete curb for free standing equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPAMTION A. Make anangements with Utility company to obtain permanent electric seNice to the project. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. lnstall service in accordance with Utility instructions. 1. Underground: lnstall service lateral conductors and conduit from utility,s pad-mount transformer to building service entrance equipment. The Utility Co. will connect the secondary (service lateral) conductors to the transformer secondary lugs. 2. Trench and backfill as necessary for installation ofconduits. B. lnstall equipment in accordance with manufacture/s insiructions. c, Apply adhesive tag on inside door of each fused switch indicating NEMA fuse class and size installed. D. Provide grounding and bonding to NFPA 70. Provide maintenance grounding conductor jumper at water service. 1. Supplementary Grounding Elechode: Use driven ground rod @ switchboard. 2. Provide grounding and bonding at main switchboard, all separately derived systems and generator frame. Utilize building structure and water service as grounding electrodes. E. lnstall panelboards to NEMA PB '1.1. F' Provide typed or neatly handwritten circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads. G. Provide engraved plastic nameplates. PRO」ECT N0 18172‐1179 262413‐3Copyttgh1 2018 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 26 24 13 SERVicE AND DlSTRIBUT10N H. Provide spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to an accessible tocation above ceiling. ldentify each as SPARE, l. Measure steady state load cunents at each panelboard feeder; rearange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads to wtthin 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits. J. Service equipment must be legibly field-marked with the maximum available fault cunent, including the date the fault cunent calculation was performed and be of sufficient durabitity to withstand the environment involved, K. Field mark electricalequipment to warn qualified persons on the danger of electric arc flash. The field'marking must be clearly visible to qualified pemons before they inspect or work on the equipment. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. lnspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. B. Measure ground resistance from system neutral connection at service entrance to convenient ground reference point by passing minimum cunent of 10 amperes DC and measuring voftage drop. Maximum resistance: 5 ohms. C. Measure primary and secondary transformer voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean equipment finishes to remove paint and concrete splatters. END OF SECTION PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 262413-4 Copy「ight 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 26 24 13 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUT10N SECT:ON 26 32 13 ENG:NE GENERATORS PART 4 GENERAL l.01 SECT:ONINCLUDES A,Packaged engine generalor system and associaled,ompOnents and accessOrles: 1.Enghe and engine a∝essory equipment. ' 2.Anemator. 3.Cenerator sel control system. 4.Cenerator sel enclosure. 5.Mahtenance cab!e tap lugs fOrtemporary generator at output 6. Remote annunciator paneis. 1.02 RELATED REQU:REMENTS A Seclon03 30 00‐Caslln‐Piace Concretel Concrele equipment pads B Seclion23 11 23‐Fac∥Ly Natura卜 Gas Piping. C.Sec19n 26 05 29‐Hangers and Suppols fOr ttectHcal Syslems D.Section 26 36 00‐Transfer SWtches l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A NECAl‐Slandard for Good Workmanship in Electdcal Construclon;201o. B NECA/ECSA 404‐Standard for lnsta∥ing Cenerator Selsi 2014. C.NEMA MGl‐Motors and Generatorsi 2014. D.NFPA 30‐Flammable and Combuslble Liquids Codei 2015 E NFPA 37‐Standard for the lnsta∥alon and Use of Stalonary Combuslon Engines and cas Turbines 2015. 「鵬1lλ ∥柵盤棚織淵鷺潔設l用 "bd WAnhOnty h面 "面釧軌 G NFPA l10‐Standard for Emergency and Standby Po、鴨r Systems:2013. H UL1236・ 3atery Chargers for charging Engine‐staner Bate"esi Current Ednion,lncluding A∥ Revisions L UL2200‐Stationary Engine Generator Assemb∥es:Current Ednion,lncluding A∥RevisiOnsよ渤 ≧!憮鞘楷椰蹴s棚 ∬棚習i淵躙 i断 |は雉鋼 Transler swlches sha∥comply wlh lcs 2に晰im:瞥蹄cml襦讐樵棚rttittr滉懲∥厭淵:据 :譜 PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐1CopyHght 2018 by KLUBER,INCIメ噸I R19hts Reserved SECTloN 26 32 13 ENGINE GENERATORS L. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of IEEE Standard 241, ,IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings' pertaining to standby power. 1.04 ADMINISTMTIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1 . Coordinale compatibility of generator sets lo be installed with work provided under other sections or by others. a. Transfer Switches: See Section 26 36 00. 2. Coordinate the work with oiher trades lo avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment or other potential obstructions within the spaces dedicated for engine generator system. 3. Coordinate arrangement of equipment with the dimensions and clearance requhements of the actual equipmenl to be installed. 4. Coordinate the work to plovide electrical circuits suitable for the power requirements of the actual auxiliary equipment and accessories to be installed. 5. Notifr ArchitecUEngineer of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents. Obtain dkection before proceeding with work. B. Preinstallation Meeiing: Convene one week before starting work of this section; require attendance of all afiecled installers. 1,05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requhements, for submittal pnocedures. B. Product Data: ProMde manufacture/s standard catalog pages and data sheets for each product, including ratings, conflgurations, dimensions, finishes, weights, service condition requirements, and installed features. lnclude altemator starting capabilities, engine fuel consumption ntes, and cooling, combustion air, and exhaust requirements. 1. lnclude generator set sound leveltest data. 2. lnclude characteristic hip curves for overcunent protective devices upon request. 3. lnclude aliemator thermal damage curve upon request. 4. Provide data showing internalwiring diagrams for engine, generator, control panel, battery, batlery rack, battery charger, exhaust silencer, vibration isolators and remote radialor (if provided). C. Shop Drawings: Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicaling locations of system components, required clearances, and field connection locations. lnclude system interconnection schematic diagrams showing all factory and field connections. D. Evidence of qualifications for installer. E. Evidence of qualifications for maintenance contractor (if different entity from installer). F. Manufacturer's factory emissions certiflcation. G. Source quality control test reporls. H. Provide NFPA 110 required documentation from manufacturer where requested by authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited 1o: 1. Certified prototype tests. PRO」ECT N0 18-172-1179 263213‐2cOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R9hts Reserved SECT10N 26 32 13 ENGINE CENERATORS 2. Torsional vibration compalibility certification. 3. NFPA 110 compliance certification. 4. Cerlified rated load test al rated power factor. L Manufacturer's detailed lield testing procedures. J. Operation and Maintenance Data: lnclude detailed information on system operation, equipment prognamming and setup, replacement parts, and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1 , lnclude contact information for entity that will be providing contract maintenance and trouble call-back service. K. Executed Warranty: Submit documentation of final executed wananty completed in Owneds name and registered with manutacturer. L. Maintenance conhacts. M. Project Record Documents: Record actual localions of system components, installed circuiting arrangements and routing, and final equipment settings. 1 . Accurately record location of engine generator and mechanical and electrical connections. N. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owne/s use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional proMsions. 2. Fumish one set of tools required for preveniative maintenance of the engine generator system. . Package lools in adequately sized metal tool box. 3. Provide two additional sets of each fuel, oil, and air lilter'element required for the engine generator system. O. Product Data: Provide data showing dimensions, weights, ratings, interconnection points, and intemalwiring diagrams for engine, generator, control panel, battery, battery rack, battery charger, exhaust silencer, vibration isolators and remole radiator. P. Maintenance Data: lnclude instructions for routine maintenance requirements, service manuals for engine and, oil sampling and analysis for engine wear, and emergency maintenance procedures. 1.06 QUALITYASSUMNCE A. Comply with the following: 1. NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code). 2. NFPA 1 10 (Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems). 3. NFPA 37 (Standard for the lnstallation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines). B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements, C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacluring the products specilied in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1. Authorized service facilities located within 50 miles of project site. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐3Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC,A∥R19hts Reserved SECT10N 26 32 13 ENGINE GENERATORS D. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documenled experience with engine generator systems of similar size, type, and complexity; manufacture/s authorized inslaller. E. Maintenance Contractor Qualilications: Same entity as installer or difierent entity with specified qualifications. 1. Contracl maintenance office located within 200 miles of project site. F. Poducts: Listed, classified, and labeled by Underwite/s Laboratories lnc. (UL) or testing firm acceptable to authorities haMng jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose indicated. ,I.07 DELIVERY, STOMGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store generator sets in accordance with manufacture/s instructions and NECMGSA 404. B. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wmpping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units fiom dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. C. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacture/s instructions to avoid damage to generator set componenls, enclosure, and Jinish, D. Accept packaged engine generator set and accessories on site in crates and verify damage. E, Protect equipment from dirt and moisture by securely wapping in heavy plastic. 1,08 WARRANTY A. See Section 0'1 78 00 - Closeout Submiftals, for additional wananty requirements. B. Provide minimum one year manufacturer wananty covering repair or replacemenl due to defective materials or workmanship. 1.09 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Fumish service and maintenance of packaged engine generator system for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Packaged Engine Generator Set: 1. Caterpillar lnc: www.cat.com. 2. Cummins Power Generation lnc: www.cumminspower.com. 3. Generac Power Systems: www.generac.com/industrial. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEM A. Provide new engine generator system consisting of all required equipment, sensors, conduit, boxes, wiring, piping, supports, accessories, system programming, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system that provides the functional intent indicated. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐4cOPy"ght2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 26 32 13 ENGINE GENERATORS B. System Description; '1. Application: Optional/Standby.. 2. confguration: single packaged engine generator set operated independenfly (not in parallel). C. Packaged Engine Generator Set: 1. Type: Gaseous (spark ignition). 2. Power Rating: As indicated on drawings, standby, 3. Voltage: As indicated on drawings. 4. Main Line Circuit Breaker: a. Type: Thermal magnelic, b. Trip Rating: As indicated on dnawings. c. Features: 1) Maintenance Cable Tap. 2) Lockout, Tag-oul Provisions. D. Generator Set General Requirements: 1. Prototlpe iested in accordance with NFPA 1 10 for Level 1 systems. 2. Factory-assembled, with mmponents mounted on suitable base. 3. List and label engine generator assembly as complying with UL 2200. 4. Power Factor: Unless otherwise indicated, specified power ratings are at 0.g power factor for three phase vohages and 1.0 power factor for single phase voltages. 5. ProMde suitable guards to protect personnel from accidental contact with rotating parts, hot piping, and other potential sources of injury. 6. Main Line Circuit Breakers: Provide factory-installed line side mnnections with suitable lugs for load side connections. a. NEli4A AB 1 molded case circuit breaker on generator output with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip ln each pole; sized in accordance \ri4th ANSUNFPA 70. lnclude battery-voltage operated shunt trip, connection to open circuit breaker on engine failure. Mount unit in enclosure to meet ANSI/NEII/A 250 requirements. E. service conditions: Provide engine generator system and associaied componenls suitable for operation under the seMce conditions at the installed location. F. Starting and Load Acceptance Requhements: 1. cranking Method: cycle cranking complying with NFPA 110 ('ls second cnank period, followed by 15 second rest period, with cranking limiter time-out after 3 cycles), unless othenrise required. 2. Cranking Limiter Time-Out: lf generator set fails to start after specified cranking period, lndicate overcrank alarm condition and lock-out generator set from further cranking until manually reset. 3. Start Time: Capable of starting and achieving conditions necessary for load acceptance within 10 seconds (NFPA 110, Type 10). 4. Maximum Load Step: Supports 100 percent of rated load in one step. G. Exhaust Emissions Requirements: 1 . comply with federal (EPA), state, and local regulations applicable at the time of commissioning; include factory emissions certiflcation with submittals. PROJECT N0 18-172‐1179 263213‐5Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,!NCI A∥Rlghts ReseⅣed SECTloN 26 32 13 ENGINE CENERATORS 2. Do not make modifications affecting generator set factory emissions certification without approval of manufacturer and Engineer. \Alhere such modifications are made, provide field emisions testing as necessary for certification. H. Sound Level Requirements: 1. Do not exceed 64 dBA when measured at 23 feet from generator set in free field (no sound baniers) while operating at full load; include manufacturer's sound data with submiftals. L System Capacity: As noted on drawings at elevation of 700 feet above sea level, continuous rating using engin+mounted radiator. J. Engine Accessories: Lube oilfilter, intake ak{ilter, lube oil cooler, gear{riven water pump. lnclude fuel piessure gage, water lemperature gage, and lube oil pressure gage on enginenenerator conkol panel. K. Coolant heater: Engine mounted, thermostatically controlled, water.iacket heater. The heater shall be sized as recommended by the equipment supplier. Heater voltage shall be as required. L. Mounting: Provide unit with suitable spring-type vibration isolators and mount on structural steel base and concrete pad. M. Exerciser Clock: Provide solid state exerciser clock to set the day, time, and duration of genenator set exercise/lest period. Provide without load selector switch for the exercise period. N. Maintenance cable lugs: Provide lug connection for portable generator during maintenance periods with lockoul, tagout provisions at generator breaker assembly. 2.03 ENGINE AND ENGINE ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT A. Provide engine with adequate horsepower to achieve specified polver output at rated speed, accounting for afternator efficiency and parasitic loads. B. Engine Starling System: 1. System Type: Electric, with DC solenoid-activaied starting moto(s). 2. Baftery(s): a. Battery Type: Lead-acid.. b. Battery Capacity: Size according to manufactureis recommendations for achieving starting and load acceptance requirements under worsl case ambient temperature; capable of providing cranking through two complete periods of cranking limiter timeouts without recharging. c. Provide battery rack, cables, and connectors suitable forthe supplied battery(s); size battery cables according to manufacturer's recommendations for cable length to be installed. 3. Battery-Charging Altemator: Engine-driven, with integral solid-state vollage regulation. 4. Battery Charger: a. Provide dual rate battery charger wiih automatic float and equalize charging modes and minimum rating of 10 amps; suitable for maintaining the supplied battery(s) at full charge' without manual intervention. b. Capable of returning supplied battery(s)from fully discharged to fully charged condition within 24 hours, as required by NFPA 110 for Level 1 applications wlrile canying normal loads. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 263213-6 coPyngh1 2018"KLUBER,NC=A∥R9hts Reserved SECTloN 26 32 13 ENGINE GENERATORS Recognized as complying with UL 1236. Fumished with integral overcunent protection; currenl limited to protect charger during engine cranking; reverse polarity protection. Provide integral DC output ammeter and voltmeter with five percent accuracy. Provide alarm output contacts as necessary for alarm indications. g. Trickle type. 5. Battery Heater: Provide thermostatically controlled battery heater to improve starting under cold ambient conditions. 6. lnclude remote slarting control circuit, with MANUAL-OFF-REMOTE selector switch on engine-generator control panel. C. Engine Speed Control System (Governor): 1. Single Engine Generator Sets (Not Operated in Parallel): Provide electronic isochronous govemor for controlling engine speed/altemator frequency. 2. Electonic, mechanical adjustable to maintain engine speed within 0.5 percent, steady state, and 5 percent, no load to full load, with recovery to steady state within 2 seconds following. sudden load changes. D. Engine Lubrication System: 1. System Type: Full pressure, with engine-driven, positive displacement lubrication oil pump, replaceable full-flow oil filte(s), and dip-stick for oil level indication. Provide oil cooler where recommended by manufacturer. E. Engine Cooling System: '1. Sysiem Type: Closed-loop, liquid+ooled, with unit-mounted radiator/fan and engine{riven coolant pump; suitable for providing adequate cooling while operating at full load under worst case ambient temperature. 2. Fan Guard: Provide suitable guard to protect personnel from accidental contact with fan. 3. Radiator: Radiator using glycol coolant, with blower type fan, sized to maintain safe engine temperature in ambient temperature of 110 degrees F (43 degrees C). RadiatorAh Flow Restriction: 0.5 inches of water, maximum. F. Engine Air lntake and Exhaust System: 1. Air lntake Filhation: Provide engine-mounted, replaceable, dry element filter. 2. Engine Exhaust Connection: Provide suitable, approved flexible connector for coupling engine to exhaust system. 3. Exhaust Silencer: Provide critical grade or better exhaust silencer with sound aftenuation not less than basis of design; selecl according to manufacture/s recommendations to meet sound performance requirements, where specified. G. Engine speed: 1800 rpm. H. Safety Devices: Engine shutdown on high water temperature, lowoil pressure, overspeed, and engine overcrank. Limits as selected by manufacturer. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐7Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,INC iA∥Rights Reserved SECT10N 26 32 13 ENGINE CENERATORS 2.04 ALTERNAToR (GENERATOR) A. Altemator: 4-pole, 1800 rpm (60 Hz output) revolving field, synchronous generator complying with NEMA MG 1; connected to engine with flexible coupling; voltage output configuration as indicated, with reonnectable leads for 3 phase altemators. B. Exciter: 1 . Exciter Type: Brushless; provide permanent magnet generator (PMG) excitation system; self+xcited (shunl) systems are not permitted. 2. PMG Excitation Short-Circuit Cunent Support: Capable ol sustaining 300 percent of rated output cunent for 10 seconds. 3. Voltage Regulation (with PMG excitation): Plus/minus 0.5 percent for any constant load from no load to full load. C. Temperature Rise: Complywith UL 2200. D. lnsulation System: NEIilA MG 1, Class H; suitable for altemator temperature rlse. E. Enclosure: NEtr,lA MG 1, drip-proof. F. Total Harmonic Distortion: Not greater than five percent. G. Voltage Regulation: lnclude generator-mounted volts per Hertr exciterregulator to match engine and generator characleristics, with voltage regulation +l one percent from no load to full load. lnclude manual controls to adjust vottage drop +/- 5 percenl voltage level, and voltage gain. 2.05 GENEMTORSETCONTROL SYSTEM A. Provide micoprocessor-based control system for automatic control, monitoring, and protection of generator set. lnclude sensors, wiring, and connections necessary for functions/indications specified. B. Control Panel: 1. Control Panel Mounting: Unit-mounted unless otherwise indicated; vibration isolated. 2. Generator Set Control Functions: a. Automatic Mode: lnitiates generator sel starUshutdown upon receiving conesponding signal from remote device (e.9. automatic transfer switch). b. Manual Mode: lnitiates generator set starushutdown upon direction from operator. c. Reset Mode: Clears all faults, allowing generator set restart after a shuldown, d. Emergency Stop: lmmediately shuts down generator set (withoul time delay) and prevents automalic restarting until manually reset. e. Cycle Cranking: Programmable crank time, rest time, and number of cycles. f. Time Delay: Programmable for shutdown (engine cooldown) and start (engine warmup). g. Voltage Ad,iustment: Adjustable through range of plusiminus 5 percent. h. Push-to-test indicator lamps, one each for low oil pressure, high water temperature, overspeed, and overcrank. 3. Generator Set Status lndications: a. Voltage (Volts AC): Line-toline, line-to-neuhal for each phase. 'l) 3-1/2 inch dial, 2 percent accuracy, with phase selector switch. b. Current (Amps): For each phase. PRO」ECT N0 18172‐1179 263213-8 Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R19hts Resepred SECTloN 26 32 13 ENGINE GENERATORS 1) I1/2 inch dial, 2 percent accuracy, with phase selector switch. c. Frequency (Hz). 1) 4$65 Hz range,3-1/2 inch dial. d. Real polter (WkW). e. Reaclive power (VAR/kVAR). f. Apparentpower(VA/kVA). g. Power factor. h. Duty Level: Actual load as percentage of raled power. i. Engine speed (RPM).j. Batteryvoltage (Vofts DC). k. Engine oil pressure, l. Engine coolant temperature. m. Engine run time. n. Generator powering load (position signalfrom transfer switch). o. Engine running time meter. p. Auxiliary Relay: 3PDT, operates wtren engine runs, with contact terminals prewired to lerminal strip. 4. Genenator Set Protection and Waming/Shutdown lndications: a. ComplywithNFPA'110; configurableforNFPAll0Level l orLevel 2,orNFpAggsystems including but not limited to the following protections/indications: 1) Overcnank (shutdown). 2) Low coolant temperature (waming). 3) High coolant temperature (waming). 4) High coolant temperature (shutdown). 5) Low oil pnessure (shutdowr). 6) Overspeed (shutdown). 7) Low fuel level (waming). 8) Low coolant level (waming/shutdown). 9) Generator control not in automatic mode (waming). 10)High battery voltage (waming). 11)Low cranking voltage (waming). 12)Low baitery voltage (waming). 13)Battery charger failure (waming). b. ln addition to NFPA 110 requhements, provide the following protections/indications: 1) High AC voltage (shutdown). 2) Low AC voltage (shutdown). 3) High frequency (shutdown). 4) Low frequency (shutdown). 5) Overcurent (shutdown). c. Provide contacts for local and remote common alarm. d. Provide lamp test function that illuminates all indicator lamps. 5. Other Control Panel Features: a. Event log. b. Remote monitoring capability via PC. C. Remote Annunciator: PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐9Copylgh1 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R9hts Reserved SECTloN 26 32 13 ENGINE 6ENERATORS 1. Remote Annunciator Mounting: Wall-mounted; Provide flush-mounted annunciator for finished areas and surface-mounted annunciator for non-finished areas unless otheruise indicated. 2. Generator Set Status Indications: a, Generator pouering load (via position signalfrom transfer switch). b. Communication functional. 3. Generator Set Waming/Shutdown lndications: a. Comply with NFPA 110 for Level 1 systems including but not limited to the following indications: 1) Overcrank (shutdown), 2) Low coolant temperature (waming). 3) High coolant temperature (waming). 4) High coolant temperature (shutdown). 5) Low oil pressure (shutdoutn). 6) Overspeed (shutdown). 7) Low fuel level (waming). 8) Low coolant level (waming/shutdown). 9) Generator control nol in automatic mode (warning). 10)High battery voltage (waming). 'l'l )Low cranking voltage (uaming). 12)Low battery voltage (uaming). 13)Battery charger failure (waming). b. Provide audible alarm with silence fuhction. c. Provide lamp test function that illuminates all indicator lamps. D. Remote Emergency Stop: Provide approved red, mushroom style remote emergency stop button where indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2,06 GENEMTOR SET ENCLOSURE A. Enclosure Type: Sound attenuating, weather protective. B. Enclosure Material: Steel or aluminum. 1. All sheet metal shall be primed for conosion protection and finish painted with the manufacturers standard color. C. Hardware Material: Stainless steel. D. Color: Manufaclureis standard. E. Access Doors: Lockable, with all locks keyed alike. F. Openings: Designed to prevent bird/rodent entry. 1. Housing shall provide ample airflow for generalor set operation. the housing shall have hinged side-access doors and rear control door. G. External Drains: Extend oil and coolant drain lines to exterior of enclosure for maintenance service. H. Sound Aftenuating Enclosures: Line enclosure with non-hydroscopic, self+(inguishing sound-attenuating material. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐10 oOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥Ri9hts Reserved SECTloN 26 32 13 ENGINE CENERATORS l. Exhaust Silencers: l,\here exhaust silencers are mounted within enclosure in main engine comparlment, insulate silencer to minimize heat dissipation as necessary for operation at rated load under wonst case ambient temperature. 2,07 SOURCEQUAL]IYCONTROL A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requhements. B, Perform production tests on generator sets at factory to verify operation and performance characterislics prior to shipment. lnclude certified test report with submittals. C. Generator Set production testing to include, at a minimum: 1. Operation at rated load and rated power factor. 2. Single step load pick-up. 3. Transient and steady state vottage and frequency performance. 4. Operation of safety shutdowns. D. Rating: Capacity as indicated, standby service, voltage as indicated, 60Hz at 1800 rpm. E. Skid-Mounted Fuel Tank: See drawings for size. Steeltank, with fill and vent. F. Batteries: Heavy duty, lead-acid storage batteries, 170 ampere-hours minimum capacity. Match battery voltage to starting system. lnclude necessary cables and clamps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that ,ield measurements are as shown on the drawings. B. Verify that the ratings and configurations of generator sets and auxiliary equipmenl are consislent with the indicated requkements. C. Verify that rough-ins for field connections are in the proper locations. D. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive equipment. E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to slarting work. F. Verify that required utilities are available in proper location and ready for use. G. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1. B. lnstall products in accordance with manufacturefs instructions. C. lnstall generator sets and associaled accessories in accordance with NECA/EGSA 404. D. Arrange equipmenl to provide minimum clearances and required maintenance access. E. Unless othenrise indicated, mouni generator set on properly sized 6 inch high concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 03 30 00. Provide suitable vibration isolators, where nol factory installed. PROJECT NO. 18-172-1179 26 3213 - 11 SECTTON 26 32 13 Copyright 2018 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved ENGINE GENEMTORS F. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 0S 29. G. Use manufactureds recommended oil and coolant, suitable for the worst case ambient temperatures. H. Provide naturalgas piplng in accordance with Section 23 11 23. 3,03 FIELD QUALIW CONTROL A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Notify 0wner and ArchitecUEngineer at least two u/eeks prior to scheduled inspections and tests, C, Notify authorities having jurisdiction and comply with theh requirements for scheduling inspections and tests and for observation by their personnel. D. Povide all equipment, tools, and supplies required to accomplish inspection and testing, including load bank and fuel. E. Preliminary inspection and testing to include, at a minimum: 1. lnspect each system component for damage and defects. 2. Veri! tightness of mechanical and electrical connections are according lo manufacture/s recommended torque settings. 3. Check for proper oil and coolant levels. F, Prepare and start syslem in accordance with manufacture/s instruclions. G. Perform acceplance test in accordance with NFPA 110. H. lnspection and testing to include, at a minimum: 1. Verify compliance with starting and load acceptance requirements. 2. Verify voltage and frequency; make required adjustments as necessary. 3. Verify phase sequence. 4. Vertfy control system operation, including safety shutdowns. 5. verify operation of auxiliary equipmenl and accessories (e,9. battery charger, heaters, etc.). 6. Perform load tests in accordance with NFPA 110 (1.5 hour building load test followed by 2 hour full load test). a. During test, record the following at 20 minute intervals: 1) Kilowatts. 2) Amperes. 3) Voltage. 4) Coolant temperature, 5) Room temperature. 6) Frequency. 7) Oil pressure. b, Test alarm and shutdown circuits by simulating conditions. l. Provide field emissions testing where necessary for certitication. J. Conecl defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies with contract documents. PRO」ECT N0 18172‐1179 263213-12 cOpyngh1 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥Right_R Reserved SECT10N 26 32 13 ENGINE CENERATORS 3.04 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Provide the services of manufacturer's representative to prepare and start system. 3.05 CLEAiltNG A. clean exposed surfaces to remove dirl, paint, or other foreign material and restore to match original factory finish. 3.06 CLOSEoUT ACT|VITTES A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submiitals, for closeout submittals, B. See Section 0'1 79 00 - Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements. C. Demonstralion: Demonskate proper operation of s)rstem to Owner, and correct deficiencies or make adjustments as directed. D, Training: Train Owne/s personnel on operation, adjustment, and maintenance of system. 1. Use operation and maintenance manual as training reference, supplemented wiiii additional kaining materials as required. 2. ProMde minimum of two hours of training. 3. lnstructor: Manufacturer's authorized representative. 4. Location: At proiect site. 5. Describe loads connected to standby system and restrictions for future load additions. 6. Simulate power outage by intenupting normalsource, and demonstrale that system operates to provide standby power. E. After successful acceptance test and just prior to Substantial Completion, replace air, oil, and fuel filters. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Prolect installed engine generator system lrom subsequent construction operations. 3.08 MAINTENANCE A. See Section 01 70 00 - Execution Requirements, for additional requirements relating to maintenance service. B. Provide to owner at no extra cost, a separate maintenance contract for the service and maintenance of engine generator system for one year from date of substantial completion; lnclude a complete description of preventive maintenance, systematic examination, adjustment, inspection, and testing, Wth a detailed schedule. C. Conduct site visit at least once every three months to perform inspection, testing, and preventive maintenance. Submit report to Owner indicating maintenance performed along with evaluations and recommendations. D. Provide trouble call-back service upon notification by Oumer: 1 . Provide on-site response within 4 hours of notiflcation. 2. lnclude allowance for call-back service during normal working hours at no extra cost to Owner. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐13 cOpynght2018 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 26 32 13 ENGINE CENERATORS 3. Owner will pay for call'back service outside of normal working hours on an hourly basis, based on actualtime spent at site and not including traveltime; include hourly rate and definition of normalworking hours in maintenance contract. E, Maintain an on-site log listing the date and time of each inspection and calt-back visit, the condition of the system, nature of the trouble, conection performed, and parts replaced. END OF SECTION PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263213‐14 Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed SECT10N 26 32 13 ENGINE GENERATORS SECT10N 26 36 00 TRANSFER SWiTCHES PART l GENERAL l.01 SECT:ONiNCLUDES A.Transferswlchesforo∥VOnage 1600 V and bss)ap口 tatbns and assodated accessones l.Aulomatic transfer swilch in free‐standing NEMA 3R enciosure. 2 Remote annuncialors l.02 RELATED REQU:REMENTS A.Section 03 30 00‐Castln‐Place Concretei Concrete equipment pads B SecJon26 32 13‐Engine Generalors:For inlerFace輌 th transfer s哺 tches. 1.lndudes reiated demonstmlon and training requirements. C Seclon 26 32 13‐Engine Ceneralors:Testing requirements l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA l,Standard for Good Workmanship in Elect“cal Construction;2010. B NEMA 250‐Enciosures for Elect威逍I Equipment(1000 VOlts Maximum)2014 C,NEMAICS 10 Pa■1‐lndustnal Contro!and Systems Pan l:E:ectromechantal AC Transfer S輛 tch Equipment 2005. D,NETA ATS‐Acceptance Tesing Specnca10ns for ttectHcal Powe「Equipment and syslemsi 2013. E.NFPA 70‐Nalonal Elect∥cal Code;Most Recent Ednion Adopled by AuthO"″Havlng」u"sdiclion, including A∥App∥cable Amendments and Supplements F. UL 1008‐Transfer Swilch Equipment Curent Edlion,lncluding A∥RevisiOns, 1.04 SUBM:TTALS A See Seclion 01 30 00‐Administralve Requirements,for submttal procedures &柵品鵬籠niMl::i:::鶴 :懲譜L∬鶴f躙 if鶴ボ器l緊 i瀬 :rに ,hg enclosure deta∥s.α鵬鵬瞥|:駆躍瑞ll肥 1織 ∬:慧ぽ恣 :l淵 l11蠍躙脱淵1辮 lby preparation,and insta∥ation Of product D Opera10n Data:lnstructions lor operalng equipment under emergency∞ndllons when engine generator is running. E 卜Лaintenance Data: Routine preventatlve maintenance and lubrication schedule Lisl specialtools, maintenance matenais,and replacement parts PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263600-1 oOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R19hts Reserved SECT10N 26 36 00 TRANSFER SIIVITCHES 1,05 QUALITYASSUMNCE A. Complywith the following: 1. NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code). B. Products: Listed, classified, and labeled by underwriters Laboratories lnc. (UL) or testing firm acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as suitable for lhe purpose indicated. C. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. D. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience and with service facilities within 100 miles ol Project. E. Supplier Qualifications: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years documented experience. F. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories lnc. as suiiable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requhements of UL '1008, .Automatic Transfer Switches". PART2 PRODUCTS 2,01 MANUFACTURERS A. ASCO Power Technologies, LP: www.asco.com. B. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products: www.eaton.com. C. Cummins. D. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2,02 TMNSFER SWITCHES A. Provide complete power transfer system consisting of all required equipment, conduit, boxes, wiring, supports, accessories, system programming, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system that provides the functional intent indicated. B. Construction Type: Only 'contactor type" (open contact) transfer switches are acceptable. Do not use 'breaker type" (enclosed contact) transfer switches. C. Comply with NEMA ICS 10 Part 1, and list and label as complying with UL 1008 for the classification of the intended application (e.9. emergency, optional standby). D. Do not use double throw safeiy switches or other equipment not specifically designed for power transfer applications and listed as hansfer switch equipment. E. Load Classification: Classified for total syslem load (any combination of motor, elechic discharge lamp, resistive, and tungsten lamp loads with tungsten lamp loads not exceeding 30 percent ofthe continuous cunent rating) unless otherwise indicated or required. F. Switching Methods: PRO」ECT N0 18‐472‐1179 263600‐2cOpy∥ght2018 by KLU3ER,INC iA∥R9hts Reserved SECl oN 26 36 00 TRANSFER SVVITCHES '1 . Open Transition: a. Provide break-before-make transfer without a neutral position that is not connected lo either source, and with interlocks to prevent simultaneous connection of the load to both sources. 2. obtain conkol power for transfer operalion from line side of source to \,vhich the load is to be transfened. G. service conditions: Provide lran#er switches suitable for continuous operation at indicated ratings under the service conditions at the installed location. H. Enclosures: Free-standing r eather proof housing. 1. Envimnment Type per NElr,lA 250: As indicated on lhe drawings. a. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R or Type 4. 2. Provide lockable doo(s) for outdoor locations. 3. Finish: Manufacture/s standard unless othenrtrise indicated. l, Short Circuit Current Rating: 1. lvithstand and closing Rating: Provide transfer switches, when protected by the supply side overcunent protective devices to be installed, with listed withstand and closing rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings. J. Automatic Transfer Switches: 1. Description: Transfer switches wilh automatically initiated transfer bet\/\€en sources; electrically operaled and mechanically held. 2. Conlml Functions: a. Automatic mode. b. Test Mode: Simulates failure of primary/normal sogrce. c. Voltage and Frequency Sensing: 1) Undervoltage sensing for each phase of primary/normal source; adjustable dropouUpickup settings. 2) Undervoltage sensing for altemateiemergency source; adjustable drcpouUpickup settings. 3) Underfrequency sensing for allemate/emergency source; adlustable dropouUpickup settings. d. Outputs: 1) contacts for engine starushutdown (except where direct generator communication interface is provided). 2) Auxiliary contacts; one set(s) for each Swilch position. e. Adjustable Time Delays: 'l) Engine generator start time delay; delays engine start signalto override momentary primary/normal source failures. 2) Transfer to attemate/emergency source time delay. 3) Retransfer to primary/normal source time delay. 4) Engine generator cooldown time delay; delays engine shutdown following retransfer to primary/normal source to permit generalor lo run unloaded for cooldown period.f. ln-Phase Monitor (open Transition Transfer switches): Monitors phase angle difference between sources for initiating in-phase transfer. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 263600‐3Copy19ht 2018 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Righis Reserved SECTloN 26 36 00 TRANSFER Sヽ ′′lTCHES g. Engine Exerciser: Provides programmable scheduled exercising of engine generator selectable with or without transfer to load; provides memory retention during power outage. 3, Status lndications: a. Connecled to alternate/emergency source. b. Connected to primary/normal source. c. Aftemate/emergency source available. 4. Automatic Sequence of Operations: a, Upon failure of primary/normal source for a prognammable time period (engine generator start time delay), initiate starting of engine generator wtrere applicable. b. When altemate/emergency source is available, transfer load to altemate/emergency source afler programmable time delay. c. When primary/normal source has been restored, retransfer to primary/normal source after a programmable time delay. Bypass time delay if altemate/emergency source fails and primary/normal source is available. d, Where applicable, initiate shutdowr of engine generator after programmable engine cooldown time delay. K. Remote Annunciators: 1. Remote Annunciator Mountng: Wall-mounted; Provide flush-mounted annunciator for finished areas and surface-mounted annunciator for non-finished areas unless othemise indicated. 2. Transfer Switch Status lndicalions: a. Connected to altemate/emergency source. b. Connected to primary/normal source. c. Altemate/emergency sourc€ available. 2,03 COMPONENTS A, lndicating Lights: Mount in cover of enclosure to indicate NORMAL souRcE AVAILABLE, ALTERNATE SOURCE AVAILABLE, and SWTCH POStTtON. 1. Green lamp to indicate switch in normal position and normal power is supplying loads. 2. Red lamp to indicate switch in emergency position and emergency pou,er is supplying loads. B, Test Switch: Mount in cover of enclosure to simulate failure of normal source. C. Two position selector swiich with white light. permits two modes of switch operalion * TMNSFER TO NORMAL, TMNSFER TO GENEMTOR. D. Disconnect plug on wiring harness to disconnect switch control logic. E. Main shaft auxiliary contact rated ten (10) ampere at 240V (one closed on normal and one closed on emergency). F. Transfer Switch Auxiliary Contacts: '1 normally open; 1 normally closed. G. Enclosure: ICS 10, Type 1 , finished with manufacturer,s slandard gray enamel. 2.04 AUTOMATIC SEQUENCE OF OPEMTION A. lnitiate Time Delay to Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: Upon initiation by normal source monitor. PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263600‐4CopyHgh1 2018 by KLUBER INC I A∥R9hts Reserved SECTloN 26 36 00 TRANSFER SWiTcHES B. Time DelayTo Start Altemate Source Engine Generator: 0to 10 seconds, adjustable. c. lnitiate Transfer Load to Al(ernate source: upon initiation by normal source monitor and permission by altemate source monitor. D. Time Delay Before Transfer to Ahemate power Source: 0 to 60 seconds, adjustable. E. lnitiate Rehansfer Load to Normal source: Upon permission by normal source monitor. F. Time Delay Before Transfer to Normal Porrrer: 0 to 30 minutes, adjustable; bypass time delay in event of altemate source failure. G. Time Delay Before Engine shut Down: 0 to 30 minutes, adjustable, of unloaded operation. H. Engine Exerciser: sta( engine every 7 days; run for 30 minutes before shutting down. Byoass exerciser control if normal source fails during exercising period. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. B. Verify that the ratings and conligurations of transfer switches are consistent with the indicated requirements. C. Verify that rough-ins forfield connections are in ihe proper locations. D. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive hansfer switches. E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installalion prior to stariing work. 3,02 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1. B. lnstall transfer switches in accordance with manufacture/s instructions. C. Anange equipment to provide minimum clearances and required maintenance access. D. Provide requked support and ailachmenl in accordance with Section 26 05 2g. E. lnstall transfer switches plumb and level. F. Mount pad-mounted transfer switch on properly sized concrete pad. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Prepare and start system in accordance with manufacture/s instructions, C. Automatic Transfer Switches: 1 . lnspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. 2. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7,22.3. The control wirino insulation+esistance tests listed as optional are not required. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 263600-5 Copy「ight 2018 by KLUBER,lNCt A∥R19hts ReseNed SECTloN 26 36 00 千RANSFER SVVITCHES D.C9rreCt defec∥ve work,adiuSt fOr properoperalon,and retest un∥enlre system∞m口 bs with contract documents, E.Provide the seⅣlces ofthe manufacturers technical representalve to check Outtransfer switch connections and operation and place in servlce. FI Pettbrrn neld inspection and testing ln accordance wilh Section 01 40 00. G.lnspecland lestin accordance with NETA STD ATS,except Section 4. Ho Pettbrm inspeclons and tests listed in NETA SttD ATS,Section 7.22.3. 3.04 MANUFACTURERoS F!ELD SERVICES A.Provide the seⅣices ofthe manufacturers technical representa,ve to check Out transfer switch conneclons and operations and place in service. 3.05 CLOSEOuT ACTIV:T!ES A,Coordinate with related generator demonstra∥on and training as specined in sec10n 26 32 13. B,Demonstrate operalon oftransfer switch in normal,and emergency modes. 3.06 MAINTENANCE A,See Section 01 70 00‐Execulon Requirements,for addlional requirementS relalng to maintenance seⅣice. B.Provide service and maintenance oftransfer switches for one yearfrom Date of substan∥al Complelon. END OF SECT10N PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 263600‐6COpyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed SECT10N 26 36 00 TRANSFER SWITCHES SECT10N 31 22 00 GRAD!NG PART l GENERAL l.01 SECT:ONINCLUDES A.Removal and storage oflopsol. B.Rough 9rading and recOnlou“ng the sile for posnve ttler drainage. C Topso∥and inish grading fOr planlng. 1.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS A.Seclon 31 23 16 13‐Trenching:Trenching and bac輛 ∥ng for ul:lies. B.Section 32 92 19‐SeedingI Finish ground cOver and addliona!lopso∥requirements. PART 2 PRODuCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topso∥:Topso∥excavated on‐Site or as speclfled in Seclion 32 92 19. 1.Graded. 2.Free of roots,rocks iargerthan 1/2 inch,subso∥,debns,large weeds and fOreign mater. PART 3 EXECuT:ON 3.01 EXAM:NAT:ON A Vettthat survey bench mark and intended eievalions forthe Work are as indicated. B Vetthe absenCe ofdandh9 orpondng wat「 C,VeJfy∥mits of ttrk areas, 3.02 PREPARAT:ON A ldenl″required∥nes,levels,conlours,and datum. B Stake and lag locations of known utilities l Contact」dnt Ull町 Loca∥ng lnfomatbn for Excavato鰺 (JUttE 800‐892‐0123)before stan Of excavalng work lo ensure that existing uJ∥les on the propetty are localed and propedy pЮ lected C Locate,denify,and protectfrom damage above‐and b9bЧ rade u∥mes10 reman. D,Provide tempOrary means and methods to remove a∥standing or pOndhg walerfrom areas p∥Or t09radingE猛鮮 ξ拙霊珈 1留躍椰 Ⅷ皿柵馬Ⅷi鵬 a耐 F Protect plants,lawns,rock outcroppings,and otherfeatures lo remain as a pOrtion of nnal landscaplng PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 312200‐l sECT10N 31 22 00 Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R9hts Reserved GRADING 3.03 ROUGHGMDING A. Remove topsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded, without mixing with foreign materials. B. Do nol remove topsoil when wet. C. Remove subsoil from areas to be further excavated, r+landscaped, or re-graded. D. Do not remove wet subsoil, unless it is subsequently processed to obtain optimum moisture, content. E. When excavating through roots, perform vuork by hand and cut roots with sharp axe. F. stability: Replace damaged or displaced subsoil to same requkements as for specified fill. G. Remove and replace soils deemed unsuitable by classification and which are excessively moist due to lack surface waler control. 3.04 SOILREMOVALandSTOCKPILING A. Stockpile topsoil to be re-used on site; remove remainder from site. B. Remove excavated subsoil from site. c. stockpiles: use areas designated on site; pile depth not to exceed 2 feet; protect from erosion. 3.05 FINISH GRADING A. Before Finish Gnading: 1. Verify building and trench backfilling have been inspected. 2. Veri{y subgrade has been contoured and compacted. B. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess o{ 1/2 inch in size. Remove soil contaminated with petroleum products. C. ln areas where vehicles or equipment have compacted soil, scarify surface to depth of 3 inches. D. Place topsoil in areas where sodding are indicated, E. Place topsoil where required to level finish grade. F, Place topsoil to the following compacted thicknesses: 1. Areas to be Sodded: 4 inches. G. Place topsoil during dry weather. H. Remove roots, weeds, rocks, and foreign material while spreading. l. Near plants spread topsoil manually to prevent damage. J. Fine grade topsoil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain profles and contour of subgrade. K. Lightly compact placed topsoil. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 312200-2 Copy19ht 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved SECTloN 31 22 00 GRADING L.Maintain stab∥ly oftopso∥du百 ng lnclement weather.Replace topson in areas where surface water has eroded thickness belowspecincatiOnsi 3.06 REPAIRAND RESTORAT10N A. Exislng Facilities,Ulililies,and Sle Features to Remain: if damaged due tO this work,repair or replace lo o∥ginal condllon. B,Other ttxisting Vegetation to Remaln: lf damaged due to this work,replace with vegetation of equivalent species and size. 3.07 CLEAN:NG A,Remove unused stockpiled topso∥and subso∥,Grade stockp∥e area to prevent standing water. B.Leave sile clean and raked,readyto receive landscaping. END OF SECT:ON PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 312200‐30opyright 2018 by KLUBER,lNC.:A∥Rights Reserved SECT10N 31 22 00 GRADING SECT:ON 31 23 16.13 TRENCHING PART l GENERAL l.01 SECT10NINCLUDES A Trenchhg,backF∥ng and compacling for u∥1lies oulside the bu∥ding lo ut:!ly main cOnnectiOns l.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Seclion 31 22 00‐GradingI Sne grading. 1.03 DEF:N:T10NS A Finish Grade E:evalons:To match exislng condnions B. Subgrade Elevations1 6 inches belownnish grade elevations l,04 REFERENCES A.AASHTO T 180‐Sね ndatt SpecttcJon術明譜鯰‐Denslty Reabns Of sons ugng a 4“崎(101b)Rammerand a 457 mm(18 in)Drop; Bξ STl借 T:l:f,31砧 :|::∥∥:お ::1お :lil:rt:&,OmpaCli° n Characterislに s of s01 Uslng C編旧誦f瀧脇M、)::ヽ得鼎服躙,° mpadon Chm¨面csOftt u," D :|::yf:1:::;:illi電混lldiCef。「ClassincatiOn of So∥s for Enginee∥ng Purposes(unmed sO∥ E SSRBC・ Standard SpecincatiOns for Road and Brldge Conslruction,adopted by the∥∥nOis DepartmentofTranspolaliOn On」anuary l,2002,including app∥cable current supplemental SpecincatiOns and Special Provisions. 1,05 SUBMITTALS A.See Seclon 01 30 00‐Administralve Requirements,for submital procedures. B Compaclion Densly Tesl RepOns. 1.06 DELiVERY,STORACE,AND HANDLING A VVhen necessary,store materials on site in advance of needB柵 :鼎 t柵聰i織酬:記盤'「蟹i馴鴫i器 l蠍 :膜 w¨ which conlicl in locaJon輌 th new construction,nolfy ArchnecvEngineer. 1.07 SEQUENCiNG AND SCHEDUL!NGん譜機'1∫棚癬淵1ど間l糖芯冨|せ :認 i辟器:∫!Ъ 澗庁龍:硼 Ξ:ぽ bお研 PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 31231613-1 cOpynght2018 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥Righis ReseⅣed SECT10N 31 23 16 13 TRENCHING PART 2 PRODuCTS 2.01 F:LL MATER:ALS A.General F∥:Subso∥excavaled on‐site. 1.Graded. 2.Ftte of hmpsね "erthan 3 hches,Ю cks hrgerthan 2 hches,and debtts,wasb,tOzen mateHals,vegetable and other deielenous matter. B Struclural F∥:Subsol excavaled on‐ste ' C.Granubr日 ∥‐Gravel o日 ∥Type CA‐7:Pt run ttshed stona free olshale,day,fnaЫ e matedJ and deb"s l Graded in accordance輛 th ASTM D2487 Group Symbol GVV D.Granular FttL ConfOming to SSRBC Attcle 1004.04;CA‐7o「CA‐11,except crushed cOncrete or blast fumace slag is not permltted. E.Fine Cranular Fill・ Conforming o SSRBC Alicle 1003 04. F Sand:Natural∥ver o「bank sand;washedifree of siに ,ciay,loam,ilable or sOiuble malenals,and organic mater l.Crade in accordance面 th ASTM D2487 Group symbol SW. G TopsOin See section 31 22 00. 2.02 SOuRCE QUALITγ CONTROL A.See Seclion 01 40 00‐Qual町 Requirements,for general requirements for tes“ng and ana!ysis Of so∥malenal. B.「lests indicate matenals dO nOt meet specined requirements,change mate"al and retest PART 3 EXECUT:ON 3.01 EXAM:NAT10N A.Ve面 ″that survey bench marks and intended eleva∥ons forthe work are as indicated. 3.02 PREPARAT:ON A ldentw required∥nes,levels,oonlours,and datum localons B See Seclion 31 22 00 for addilonalrequirements. C Crade lop pedmeter oftrenching area to prevent surface water from drainhg intO trench PrOvide temporary means and methods,as required,lo maintain surface water diverlon unll n6 1onger needed,o「as directed by the ArchitecVEngineer 3.03 TRENCH:NG A Notw ArchilecVEngheer of unexpected subsurface condmons and dも co■inue attcled Work h area unll notined tO resume work. B Slope banks of excavations deeperthan 4 feetto angle ofrepose orless unt∥shOred PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 31231613‐2oopy∥9ht2018 by KLUBER,lNC iA∥RIghts ReseAred SECT10N 31 23 16 13 TRENCHING C. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearlng splay offoundations. D. Cut trenches Wde enough lo allow inspection of installed utilities. E. Hand trim excavations. Remove loose matter. F. Remove large stones and other hard matter that could damage piping or impede consistent backfilling or compactjon. G. Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re-use from site. H. Remove excess excavated materialfrom site. l. Provide temporary means and melhods, as required, to remove all waler from trenching until directed by the ArchitecUEngineer. Remove and replace soils deemed unsuitable by cLssmcation and which are excessively moist due to lack of dewatering or surface water control. J. Determine the prevailing groundwater level prior to trenching. lf the proposed trench extends less lhan 1 foot into the prevailing groundwater, control groundwater intrusion with perimeter orains. routed to sump pumps, or as directed by the ArchitecVEngineer. K. Pump out accumulated water in excavated trenches. L. obtain, erect, maintain and remove signs, covers, barricades, flagmen and oher conlrol devices necessary for the purpose of divedng, regulating, waming or guiding pedestrian and vehiculai traffic al open excavations. 1. Placemenl and Maintenance of Trafiic Control Devices: ln accordance with applicable parts of SSRBC Article 107.14, 3,04 PREPARATION FORUTILITYPLACEMENT A. cut oul sofl areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with general fill. B, Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requkements for subsequenl fill material. C. Until ready to backfill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soilfom falling into excavation. 3.05 BACKFILLING A. BacKillto contoun and elevations indicated using unfiozen malerials. B. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work. C. Systematically fill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not fill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. D. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to aftain required compaction density. E. Granular Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches compacted depth. F. soil Fill: Place and compact material in equal continuous layers not exceeding g inches compacted depth. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 31231613‐3Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,lNCI A∥R ghts Reserved SECT10N 31 23 16 13 TRENCHING G. Slope gnade away from buildlng minimum 2 inches in 10 ft, unless noted othenrvise. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. H. Conect areas lhat are over€xcavated. 1. Thrust bearing surfaces: Fill with concrete. 2. Other areas: Use general fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to minimum 97 percent of maximum dry density. l. Compaction Density Unless Othenivise Specified or lndicated: 1. Under paving, slabs-on{rade, and similar construction: 98 percent of maximum dry density. 2. At other locations: 95 percent of maximum dry density. J. Reshape and re-compact flls subjected to vehicular traffic. 3.06 BEDDING AND FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS A. Use general fill unless otherwise specifed or indicated. B. Utility Piping and Conduits : '1. Bedding: Use fine granular {ill. 2. Cover with general fill for lawn or planted areas. 3. Cover with granular fill for paved areas. 4. Fill up to subgrade elevation. 5. compact in maximum 8 inch lifts to 95 percent of maximum dry density under lawn or planted areas, 6. Compact in maximum 6 inch lifts to g8 percent of maximum dry density under paved areas. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of General Backfilling: Plus or minus 1 inch from requked elevations. B. Top Surface of Backfilling Under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations. 3,08 FIELD QUALIY CONTROL A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and testing. B. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by tesiing uncompacted material in accordance with ASTM D698 (''standard Proctor'), ASTM D1557 ("modified proctor,), oTMSHTO T 180. C. lf tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, See Section 01 40 00 for procedures. 3,09 CLEANING A. Leave unused materials in a neat, compact stockpile. B. Remove unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing surface water. C. Leave bonow areas in a clean and neat condition. Grade to prevent standing surface water. END OF SECTION PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 31231613‐4oOpynght 2018 by KLUBER,INCl A∥Rights Reserved SECT!ON 31 23 16 13 TRENCHING SECT:ON 32 31 29 W00D FENCES AND GATES PART l GENERAL l.01 SECT:ON INCLUDES A Fence fmmework,boards and accessodes B.Excavalbn for pOst bases,c6ncrete foundaJons for posls and cenler drop fOr s面 ng gates. c Manuals面 ng gates and relaled hardware. 1.02 REFERENCES A ASTM A153‐Standard Specmcalon for anc cOating(HOt‐Dip)on lrOn and sleel Hardware. 3.ASTM F 567‐Standard Practice lor lnsta∥ation of Chain‐Link Fence;2000. C.ASTM F 1083・ Standard Specnca10n for Pipel SleeL HOt‐Dipped Zinc‐COaled(Gaivanized) Welded,for Fence Structures, 2004. D AWPACl‐A∥Timber PЮ dむ cts―Preserva,ve Treatment by Pressure Processi Amencan w。。dPreservers'Associaloni 2003. E AWPA Ul‐Use Calegory System:User Specincalon fOr Treated Wood;AmeHcan w00d PreserversI Associaloni 2005 F PS20‐Amencan sOm00d Lumber Standard;Nationa∥ns∥tule of Standards and Technolo9y (Depattment of Commerce)2005. G SPIB(GRl‐Crading Rulesi Southem Pine lnspeclon Bureau,inc1 2002. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCR!PT:ON A.6 Foot high‐shadOwbox design∞nsisling Ofwood face boards,wood ralls and metal pOsls setin concrete foundatons Cates conslst of metalframes輌 th Юod face boards. 1,04 SUBMITTALS A See Sectton 01 30 00‐Adminlstralve Requirements,for submittal procedures B Product Datal Provide data on lumber malenals,metal posts,accessones,1lings and hardware. C.Shop Drawings: lndicate plan layout,typlcal panel elevation1 9ate con19ura“bn and cOnstruclion, spacing of oompone●s,pOSt fOundation dimensions,hardware anchorage,and schedule of components. D.Manufacturers instructions: lndicate insta∥ation instruclons l.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.lnsta∥er Qua∥icalonsI Company spec a∥zing in perorming the work ofthも section wtth minimum ten years Of documenled experience. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1179 323129‐1Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,lNCI A∥R19hts Reserved SECTloN 32 31 29 W00D FENCES AND GATES 1.06 PRE・ :NSTALLAT:ON MEETiNC A Convene one Ⅷ3ek before statting work ofthis section l.07 WARRANTY A,See Seclion 01 78 00‐Closeoul Submittals,for addlional鴫 ranly requirements. B.Corecldefeclve WorkⅥ晨hin a ttЮ year pelod aler Date orsubstanial COmpleJOn PART 2 PRODuCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.Fencing and S輌 ng Gates: l Masler‐Halco,lnc.:Ⅷmに fenceon∥ne.com. B,Subst“ulions:See Sectbn 01 60 00‐Product Requirements 2.02 MATER:ALS AP∝鋼1留涵晶∥臨よ胤鷺i,1祗 :I蝸 !躍騨mレ ed¨d口 p,pdp山 B.Ra∥s and Face BoardsI Comply輛 th requirements ofAWPA Ul‐use categOry system fOrw00d treatments deterlnined by use categorbs,expected seⅣice∞ndiliOns and specinc app∥catonsl. Species:Weslem Red Cedar 2.Crade:A&BeJbr,Select Clear. 3. Suttcingi S4S. 4 Sizel l x6. 5. C!ear spacingi 3 inch openings beⅢveen boards 6.Moisture Conlent S・ dry or MC19, C Concrele: Type specined in section 03 30 00. 2.03 COMPONENTS A.Line Posls1 2.375 inch diameter.■た中めb鉤鰤し%dMぉ o∥鴇器 I認淵 TdpOlyesu∞ aね d posls、 manufactured by Master Habo,lnc.I ww B.Comer and Terminal Posls1 2.875 inch diameter. C.Cate Posts:2.875 inch diameler D.Gate Frames: 1.90 diameterfor welded fab"calon. E Ra∥s:2x6inch(nOm) F. Face Boardsl l x 6inch(nOm) G. Ra∥Mounting Brackets: 12 gauge,hot‐dipped galvanized sleel and polyesler cOated. H Fastenersi Hot‐dipped galvanized steel screns,sized to suit app∥cation PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 323129‐2copyngh1 2018 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved SECTloN 32 31 29 W00D FENCES AND GATES 2.04 ACCESSOR!ES A.Post Caps:Cast steel,galvanized and polyester coatedi sized to post diameler,set screw retalner. B,Hardware for Double Swinging Gates:180 degree hinges,3 per gate leaf;dЮ p bOL On inactive 罵 Ⅷ留 1淵 1導嘲辮 l胤謂 f招堆 1鶴肝 ∥鴨 b断 "Ю 面 "面 d"σ 2.05 F:NISHES A.Hardware:Hot‐dip galvanized and powder coated to weightrequired by ASTM A 153. B. Other Accessonesi same lnish as metalcomponents. C.Stain: Opaque stain inish on a∥6 sides offenclng boards.Colorto be selected by archilect from manufacturers fu∥colo『∥ne.Apply stain in leld attr erection offence boards. PART 3 EXECUT10N 3.01 EXAM!NAT10N A.Ve∥″tha areas tO recdve fendng are∞mpにted to lnd grades and devatbns. Bo Ensure that propeny lines and legal boundaries ofwork are clearly estab∥shed. 3.02 PREPARAT:ON A.Lay outthe fendng for appЮ val by Owners representative p∥oro∞mmendng the WOtt Ofth、 Section. B.Coordinale fence bcalon,fence dimensions,gate bcalon and gate dimensiOns wilh generator manufacturer,to maintain required clearances around generator and access tO generalor. 3.03 1NSTALLAT:ON A.lnsta∥fencing and gates in accordance with manufacturersiinstrucJons. B.lnsta∥posts and gate frames ln accordance with ASTM F 567. C.Space posts unlformly at 8:‐0"on center. D.Set posts plumb,in concrete foolngs wnh op offOO∥ngs lush wtth surroundlng grade surace. Slope top of concrete for water runof. E. lnsta∥fence ra∥s on posts using mounting brackets. F, Staln wood fencing boards on a∥sides. lnstan face bOards on ralls,Position bottOms Offace boards 21nches above grade. G, Provide concrete center drop to footing depth and drop rod retainers at center of dOuble gate open!ng. 3.04 ERECT10N TOLERANCES A. Maxlmum Va∥alon From Plumbi 1/4 inch. PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1179 323129‐3Copyright 2018 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed SECT10N 32 31 29 W00D FENCES AND GATES B, Maximum Vanalon From True Posnion: l inch, 3.05 ADJuSTING A.Adiust gate leaも forsmooth operalon. 3.06 REPAJRrRESTORAT:ON A. Repair areas disturbed by the Work ofthis Section to thei『original condilion. END OF SECT:ON PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1179 323129‐4COpyrlght 2018 by KL∪BER,INC.:A∥Rights Reserved SECTION 32 31 29 t WOOD FENCES AND GATES SECT:ON 32 9219 SEEDiNG PARTl GENEML l.01 SECT:ONINCLUDES A Preparalon ofsubso∥ B.Placing lopsO∥.C. Seeding,mulching and fe威 ∥izeL D.Maintenance l.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 31 22 00‐Crading:Topso∥male"al・ B.Section 31 22 00‐Grading:Preparatlon ofsubsom and placement oftopsO∥in preparaliOn forthe work ofthis section. 1.03 DEFiN!T:ONS A.VVeeds:lnc!ude Dande∥on,」imsonweed,Quackgrass,Horseta∥,Mom:ng G!ory,Rush Grass, Mustard,Lambsquaner,chickweed,Cress,Crabgrass,canadian Thistle,Nutgrass,POisOn Oak, Blackberry,Tansy Ragw01,Bemuda Crass,」ohnson Grass,Poison lw,Nut Sedge,Nimble w∥,Bindweed,Bent Grass,V輌 ld Ga∥ic,Perenniai Sorel,and Brome Crass. 1.04 SUBM:TTALS A See Seclion 01 30 00‐Administralive Requirements,for submital procedures, EV:貯 :::滓織 :鶏冨 :棚蝋λ誦棚距濁 !響酬冨 indma苅 mum gtts hd9賦 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Comply面 th regulatory agencies for fettHzer and herbicide∞mpOsllon PART 2 PRODuCTS 2.01 SEED MIメ TURE A.Seed Mixture: 1.Kentucky Blue Crass:80 percent. 2. Perennial Rye:20 percent 2.02 SO:L MATERIALS A Topsott Fen∥e,agnculural so∥,typical forloca∥ty,capable of sustaining vlgOrOus plant grOmh, taken from drained sitei free of subsoil,clay Orimpu"ties,plants,weeds and rootsi pH value of minimum 5 4 and maximum 7 0 PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 329219‐1Copyttght 2018 by KLUBER,INCI AI Rghts Reserved SECTloN 32 92 19 SEEDING 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fertilizer: 18-24-6 analysis slarter fertilizer; recommended for grass, with fifiy perceni of the elements derived fiom organic sources. B. Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter that could inhibit vigorous grow{h of grass. C. Erosion Fabric: Jute matting, open weave. lnstalled at all areas of affected work after seeding. D. Herbicide: Super Trimec as manufactured by PBI?Grodon Corporation.. E. Stakes: Softwood lumber, chisel pointed. F. String: lnorganic fiber. PART3 EXECUTION 3,01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare subgrade in accordance with Section 31 22 00. B. Place topsoil in accordance with Section 31 22 00. 3,03 FERTILIZING A. Apply fertilizer in accordance with manufacture/s instructions. B. Apply after smooth raking of topsoil and prior to roller compaction. C. Do not apply fertilizer at same time or with same machine as will be used to apply seed. D. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of topsoil. E, Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer. 3.04 SEEDING A. Apply seed at a rate of 5.5 lbs per '1000 sq ft evenly in two inlersecting directions. Rake in lighly. B. Do not seed areas in excess of that which can be mulched on same day. C, Do nol sow immediately following rain, wtren ground is too dry, or during windy periods, D. lmmediately following seeding and compacting, install erosion fabric at all areas of affected work. Maintain clear of shrubs and trees. E. Apply water with a fine spray immediately after each area has been mulched. Saturate lo 4 inches of soil. F. Following germination, immediately re-seed areas without germinated seeds that are larger than 4 by 4 inches. PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1179 329219‐2Copylght 2018 by KLUBER,INC:AI Rights Reserved SECT10N 32 92 19 SEEDING 3.05 PROTECTION A. ldentify seeded areas with stakes and string around area periphery. Set string height to 24 inches. Space stakes a|120 inches. B, Cover seeded slopes where grade is 1 inches per foot or greater with erosion fabric. Roll fabric onto slopes without stretching or pulling. C. Lay fabric smoothly on surface, bury top end of each section in 6 inch deep excavated topsoil trench. Provide 12 inch overlap of adjacent rolls. Backfill trench and rake smooth, level with adjacent soil. D. Secure outside edges and overlaps at 36 inch intervals with stakes. E, Lightly dress slopes with topsoilto ensure close contact between fabric and soil. F. At sides of ditches, lay fabric laps in direction of water flow. Lap ends and edges minimum 6 inches. 3.06 MAINTENANCE A, Provide maintenance at no extra cost to Owner; Owner will pay for water, B. See Section 01 70 00 - Execution Requirements, for additional requirements relating to maintenance service. C. Maintain seeded areas immediately after placement until grass is well established and exhibits a vigorous growing condition. D. Water to prevent grass and soilfrom drying out. E. Roll surface to remove minor depressions or inegularities. F. Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides in accordance with manufacture/s instructions. Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides. G. lmmediately reseed areas that show bare spots. H. Protect seeded areas with waming signs during maintenance period. END OF SECTION PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1179 329219‐3Copylght 2018 by KL∪BER,lNC.;A∥Rights ReseⅣed SECT10N 32 92 19 SEEDING ATTACHMENT C ⅥLLAGE OF OAK BR00K BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLATION ATTACHM[ENT C LIST OF DRAWINGS SHEET NOS. SHEET TITLES G100 Cover Sheet, General Notes, Symbols, & Drawing Index E100 Electrical Symbols List and Panel Schedules 8200 Electrical Demolition Floor Plan E300 Electrical and Mechanical Remodel Floor Plan E500 Electrical Schedules and Details GENERAL NOTES つ VLLACE OFOAK PROJECT BATH AND TENNIS CLUB ELECTRICAL SYSTEMSuPGRADE AND GENERATOR :NSTALLAT10N 800 0AK BR00K ROAD OAK BR00K,lL 60523 . THE VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K1200 0AK BR00K ROAD OAK BR00K,IL 60523 KLUBER ARCH「ECTS+ENG:NEERS10S.SHU酬バY AVLBATAL Ш ∥O1360510 TEL 630406‐4213 FAX 630400・ 9472 -・ lduberlnc.com OWNER ARCHHECrr E∥GINEER :NDEX OF DRAHNCS u@*if,ffinHffiglfrtEilffi&ruoDD&0EffirE.SI,EMruUrmEreMG -(DrsEmnMs. AcxuDB .EI&&EEmEE1…出品蹂評群F用裏鰐凝錮謡瞬躍盤留目誦協静∥・・~mm ユ留島選嘱懇ξ響鰹亀閣電関選摺ソ静蹄 ―rn■t“―Er―ru r r凛鰤呵ロロ曖鵬闘酬躍腱・ Ш 椰 …“m CtD¨嗜 mllRICI ml●l13饉 mm m mERun"順 … :鸞鷲黒顧漱朧惑姿鰹懸諏閣酪賦撥ξ踊 2穣爵賞澤躍饉橿覇翼翼糧墨椰撻購彗ユ量』」凛轟嬌織締爾選島需塁網醤雷k ` l● ヽ瀾申軸器・ 1群 VWW響器調島¨ ι 浴 1言M⇒=紳 ¨ jlll 器回壬 ―Oロ STANDARD ABBREVIAnONS ノレl■J目朧囲N 鉤 BU:LD:NC CODE DATA 颯笏晰図|隋隕 SEALS a CER￢FiCATES ― ヨヨユー幽 G100 BATH AND TENN:S CLU8‐ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS uPGRADES 8 GENERA■ORINSTALLAT:ON |::' ●‐■―■7多 |□i『讐∥::: :::: ヨロ日:BATH AND TENNIS CLUB‐ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS UPCRADES a CENERATOR:NSTALLAT10N 【m5 回|:0: 離|ヽご)1 ス塁昌 1輝 :::: 貫ヨヨ:BATH AND TENNIS CLUB・ ELECTR:CAL SYSTEMS uPGRADES&GENERATOR INSTALLAT:ONm=|lll・ |・|菫 “ 題麟菫 :3BATH AND TENNIS CLUB‐ELECTR:CAL SYSTEMS UPCRADES&GENERATORINSTALLAT10N詈∥華躍I― VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K BATⅡ&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLATION ATTACHMENT D SPECIAL PROJECT REOUIREMENTS 1. Contractor shall have five (5) years of experience which is comparable in type and scope to this project. 2. Work hours are 7:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday. Any deviation is subject to the approval of the Village representative. 3. The project will be done on consecutive work days, excluding weekends and holidays observed by the Village, until completed, delays only to inclement weather. 4. Contractor is required to obtain all necessary permits from the Village of Oak Brook, and schedule required inspections through Development Services. 5. The Contractor shall supply to the Village, phone numbers where he/she can be reached after normal working hours. 6. The Contractor must submit all manufacturers' literature on all materials that will be used on this project, including M.S.D.S. (Material Safety Data Sheets) prior to any work beginning. 7, A storage location for supplies, ladders and scaffolding shall be mutually agreed upon between the Village and the contractor before any material is stored on site. The Contractor must deliver material with manufacturers labels intact and legible, store material on raised platforms and cover material with protective covering. 8. Before work is started, Contractor must deliver to the job site sufficient material to complete the project. 9. If a dumpster is required, the location of the dumpster placement shall be mutually agreed upon between the Village and the contractor. 10. All ladders and scaffolding shall be maintained in prior working order during the course of this project and shall be secured at the end of each workday. I l. Contractor must provide barricades to ensure that falling debris will not injure anyone, and to prevent public access to the work area at all times. Yellow "CAUTION" tape will be ATTACIIMENT D placed below the immediate work areas of laborers and scaffolds to warn the public of people working overhead. 12. At all times, Contractor must keep the work and storage areas in a clean, orderly, and a picked up manner, to prevent debris from blowing. Clean adjoining streets and immediate vicinity at the end of each work day. Sidewalks, windowsills, roofs and other work areas will be broom swept to remove all debris. Daily material and debris not placed into dumpster will be removed from the site. 13. Upon completion of the project the work area shall be cleaned. All debris and remaining material and supplies shall be removed from the jobsite, including the dumpster within 72 hours of completion. 14. Upon completion the Contractor shall supply a one year warranty covering material and workmanship; contractor shall submit sample warranty with bid. VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K BATH&TENNIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADE AND GENERATOR INSTALLAT10N APPENDIX l PIEVAILING WAGES Prevai:ing Wage ratesibr Dupage County effective Sept.1,2017 Trade Titie ASBESTOS ABT―G[N ASBESTOS ABT―MEC 801LERMAKER BRICK MASON CARPENTER CEMENT MASON CERAMIC TILE FNSHER ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL COMMUNICAT:ON TECH ALL ELECrrRIC PWR EQMT OP ALL ELECrRIC PWR EQMT OP ALL ELECrR:C PWR GRNDMAN ALL ELECTRiC PWR GRNDMAN ALL ELECTRIC PWR L:NEMAN ALL ELECTRIC PWR L:NEMAN ALL ELECTR!C PWR TRK DRV ALL ELECTR:C PWR TRK DRV ALL ELECTRICIAN ALL ELEVATOR CONSTRUCrOR ALL FENCE ERECTOR NE FENCE ERECTOR W GLAZIER ALL HT/FROSTINSULATOR ALL IRON WORKER E !RON WORKER W LABORER ALL Region Type Class Base M‐F OSA OSH H/W OT Pension Vacation Training ALL BLD BLD BLD ALL ALL BLD BLD ALL HVヽ γ ALL HWY ALL H町 ALL HⅢ BLD BLD ALL ALL BLD BLD ALL ALL ALL 15 152 15 152 ■515 15 15 15 15 15 ■515 1_5 152 ■5215 1522 15 15 152 15 15 ■515 15 15 15 1.5 15 ■515 15 15 152 ■5215 1522 ■51232 1106 19:61 1668 1887 1716 000 000 000 000 000 0.00 000 日 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 493 416 0,00 000 000 000 000 000 0C10 050 072 090 090 063 092 国 061 038 073 029 066 045 088 030 059 068 090 040 070 094 072 035 081 050 4245 5050 4733 4561 4120 5638 5148 5638 43.26 5843 41.58 4866 4395 5300 4933 4925 4195 1175 1287 909 992 1406 1540 940 1029 2208 1496 1390 2076 2014 1296 2239 2265 1232 2 1465 2 1162 2 697 2 1045 2 1179 2 1400 2 日 2 ‐ 2 500 2 550 2 500 2 550 2 500 2 550 2 500 2 550 2 1235 2 1443 2 1340 2 1052 2 1404 2 1212 2 1415 2 1152 2 1465 LATHER MACHINIST MAR3LE FINISHERS MARBLE MASON MATER:AL TESTER I MATERIALS TEST[R II MILLVVRIGHT OP[MTING ENGINEER OPERAT:NG ENG!NEER OPERATING ENG:NEER OPERATING ENG:NEER OPERATING ENGINEER OPERATING ENGINEER OPERATING ENG:NEER OPERAT!NG ENGINEER OPERATING ENGINEER OPERATING ENGINEER OPERATING ENGIN[ER OPERATING ENGINEER OPERATING ENGINEER OPERAT:NG ENGINEER OPERAT:NG ENGINEER ORNAMNTLIRON VVORKER ORNAMNTLIRON VVORKER PAINTER PA:NTER SiGNS PILEDRIVER PIPEFIT「ER PLASTERER PLUMBER ALL ALL ALL BLD ALL ALL ALL BLD ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL BLD l ALL BLD 2 ALL BLD 3 ALL BLD 4 ALL BLD 5 ALL BLD 6 ALL BLD 7 ALL FLT ALL HⅥγ l ALL HWY 2 ALL HV″ 3 ALL HVVY 4 ALL HWY 5 ALL Hヽ～γ 6 ALL HWY 7 E ALL VV ALL ALL ALL ALL BLD ALL ALL ALL BLD ALL BLD ALL BLD ‐ ‐ ■53395 33.95 15 4463 4909 1.5 3120 3120 15 3620 3620 15 4635 4835 15 5010 5410 2 4880 5410 2 4625 5410 2 4450 5410 2 5385 5410 2 5110 5410 2 5310 5410 2 3800 38.00 15 4830 52.30 15 4775 5230 15 4570 5230 15 4430 5230 1.5 4310 5230 15 5130 5230 15 4930 5230 15 4675 49.25 2 15 ■515 ■515 15 152222222 15 15 15 15 15 ■515 1522 1179 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1805 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1390 1887 895 1552 1628 1232 1232 1887 1435 1435 1435 1435 1435 1435 1435 1360 1435 1435 1435 1435 1435 1435 1435 1979 2076 820 318 1887 1785 1571 1335 000 185 0 KICl 000 000 000 0100 2:00 200 200 200 200 200 200 190 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 000 000 063 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 075 4506 48662 15222224418 4618 15 3745 4205 15 4635 4835 15 4750 5050 15 4275 4531 1_5 4925 5220 15 15 15 15 15 15 1522222222222222222222222 R00FER SHEEttMETAL WORKER SPR:NKLER F:lTER STEEL ERECTOR STEEL ERECTOR STONE MASON TERRAZZO FINISHER TERRAZZO MASON 丁ILE MASON 丁RAFFIC SAFETY WRKR 丁RUCK DRIVER TRUCK DR!VER 丁RUCK DRIVER TRUCK DR:VER 丁UCKPOINTER Legend M-F OT Unless othenrise noted, OT pay is required for any hour greater than 8 worked each day, Mon through Fri. The number listed is the multiple of the base wage. OSA Overtime pay required for every hour worked on Saturdays OSH Overtime pay required for every hour worked on Sundays and Holidays H/W Health/Welfare benefit Expla nations DUPAGE COUNTY IRON WORKERS AND FENCE ERECIOR (WEST) - West of Route 53. The following list is considered as those days for which holiday rates of wages for work performed apply: New Years Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and Veterans Day in some classifications/counties. Generally, any of these holidays which fall on a Sunday is celebrated on the following Monday. This then makes work performed on that Monday payable at the appropriate overtime rate for holiday pay. Common practice in a given local may alter certain days of celebration. lf in doubt, please check with IDOL. ALL ALL ALLEW ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL 45.30 47.77 49.20 44.07 48.66 49.92 40.54 47.88 ‐ 35。10 36.85 36.85 36.85 36.85 45.17 1.5 1.5 1.522 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.522 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 9.08 10.65 12.25 13.45 10.52 1045 10.65 10.65 ‐ 8.10 8.10 8.10 8.10 8.10 10.45 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 BLD BLD BLD ALL ALL BLD BLD BLD BLD HWY ALL l ALL 2 ALL 3 ALL 4 BLD EXPLANATION OF CLASSES ASBESTOS - GENERAL - removal of asbestos materia/mold and hazardous materials from any place in a building, including mechanical systems where those mechanical systems are to be removed. This includes the removal of asbestos materials/mold and hazardous materials from ductwork or pipes in a building when the building is to be demolished at the time or at some close future date. ASBESTOS - MECHANICAT - removal of asbestos material from mechanical systems, such as pipes, ducts, and boilers, where the mechanical systems are to remain. TRAFFIC SAFETY - work associated with barricades, horses and drums used to reduce lane usage on highway wor( the installation and removal oftemporary lane markings, and the installation and removal of temporary road signs. CERAMIC TILE FINISHER The grouting, cleaning, and polishing of all classes of tile, whether for interior or exterior purposes, all burned, glazed or unglazed products; all composition materials, granite tiles, warning detectable tiles, cement tiles, epoxy composite materials, pavers, glass, mosaics, fiberglass, and all substitute materials, for tile made in tile-like units; all mixtures in tile like form of cement, metals, and other materials that are for and intended for use as a finished floor surface, stair treads, promenade roofs, walks, walls, ceilings, swimming pools, and all other places where tile is to form a finished interior or exterior. The mixing of all setting mortars including but not limited to thin-set mortars, epoxies, wall mud, and any other sand and cement mixtures or adhesfues when used in the preparation, installation, repair, or maintenance of tile and/or similar materials. The handling and unloading of all sand, cement lime, tile, fixtures, equipment, adhesives, or any other materials to be used in the preparation, installation, repair, or maintenance of tile and/or similar materials. Ceramic Tile Finishers shall fill all joints and voids regardless of method on all tile work, particularly and especially after installation of said tile work. Application of any and all protective coverings to all types of tile installations including, but not be limited to, allsoap compounds, paper products, tapes, and all polyethylene coverings, plywood, masonite, cardboard, and any new type of products that may be used to protect tile installations, Blastrac equipment, and all floor scarifying equipment used in preparing floors to receive tile. The clean up and removal of all waste and materials. All demolition of existing tile floors and walls to be re-tiled. COMMUNICATIONS TECHNICIAN Low voltage installation, maintenance and removal of telecommunication facilities (voice, sound, data and video) including telephone and data inside wire, int€rconnect, terminal equipment, central offices, PABX, fiber optic cable and equipment, micro waves, V-SAT, bypass, CAW, WAN (wide area network), LAN (local area network), and ISDN (integrated system digital network), pulling of wire in raceways, but not the installation of raceways. MARBLE FINISHER Loading and unloading trucks, distribution of all materials (all stone, sand, etc.), stocking of floors with material, performing all rigging for heavy work, the handling of all material that may be needed for the installation of such materials, building of scaffolding, polishing if needed, patching, waxing of material if damaged, pointing up, caulking, trouting and cleaning of marble, holding water on diamond or carborundum blade or saw for setters cuttin& use of tub saw or any other saw needed for preparation of material, drilling of holes for wires that anchor material set by setters, mixing up of molding plaster for installation of material, mixing up thin set for the installation of material, mixing up of sand to cement for the installation of material and such other work as may be required in helping a Marble Setter in the handling of all material in the erection or installation of interior marble, slate, travertine, art marble, serpentine, alberene stone, blue stone, granite and other stones (meaning as to stone any foreign or domestic materials as are specified and used in building interiors and exteriors and customarily known as stone in the trade), carrara, sanionyx, vitrolite and similar opaque glass and the laying of all marble tile, terrazzo tile, slate tile and precast tile, steps, risers treads, base, or any other materials that may be used as substitutes for any of the aforementioned materials and which are used on interior and exterior which are installed in a similar manner. MATERIAL TESTER l: Hand coring and drilling for testing of materials; field inspection of uncured concrete and asphalt. MATERIAL TESTER ll: Field inspection of welds, structural steel. fireproofing, masonry, soil, facade, reinforcing steel, formwor( cured concrete, and concrete and asphalt batch plants; adjusting proportions of bituminous mixtures. OPERATING ENGINEER - BUILDING class 1. Asphalt Plant; Asphalt Spreader; Autograde; Backhoes with Caisson Attachment; Batch Plant; Benoto (requires Two Engineers); Boiler and Throttle Valve; Caisson Rigs; Central Redi-Mix Plant; Combination Back Hoe Front End-loader Machine; Compressor and Throttle Valve; Concrete Breaker (Truck Mounted); Concrete Conveyor; Concrete Conveyor (Truck Mounted); Concrete Paver Over 27E cu. ft; Concrete Paver 27E cu. ft. and Under: Concrete Placer; Concrete Placing Boom; Concrete Pump (Truck Mounted); Concrete Tower; Cranes, All; Cranes, Hammerhead; Cranes, (GCl and similar Type); Creter Crane; Spider Crane; Crusher, Stone, etc.; Derrick, All; Derrick, Traveling; Formless Curb and Gutter Machine; Grader, Elevating; Grouting Machines; Heavy Duty Self-Propelled Transporter or Prime Mover; Highlift Shovels or Front Endloader 2-l/4 yd. and over; Hoists, Elevators, outside type rack and pinion and similar machines; Hoists, One, Two and Three Drum; Hoists, Two Tugger one Floor; Hydraulic Backhoes; Hydraulic Boom Trucks; Hydro Vac (and similar equipment); Locomotives, All; Motor Patrol; Lubrication Technician; Manipulators; Pile Drivers and Skid Rig; Post Hole Digger; Pre-Stress Machine; Pump Cretes Dual Rami Pump Cretes: Squeeze Cretes-Screw Type Pumps; Gypsum Bulker and Pump; Raised and Blind Hole Drill; Roto Mill Grinder; Scoops - Tractor Drawn; Slip-Form Paver; Straddle Buggies; Operation of-Iie Back Machine; Tournapull; Tractor with Boom and Side Boom; Trenching Machines. Class 2. Boilers; Broom, All Power Propelled; Bulldozers; Concrete Mixer (Two Bag and Over); Conveyor, Portable; Forklift Trucks; Highlift Shovels or Front Endloaders undet 2-L/4 yd.; Hoists, Automatic; Hoists, lnside Elevators; Hoists, Sewer Dragging Machine; Hoists, Tugger Single Drum; Laser Screed; Rock Drill (Self-Propelled); Rock Drill (Truck Mounted); Rollers, All; Steam Generators; Tractors, All; Tractor Drawn Vibratory Rolle4 Winch Trucks with "A" Frame. Class 3. Air Compressor; Combination Small Equipment Operator; Generators; Heaters, Mechanical; Hoists, lnside Elevators (remodeling or renovation work); Hydraulic Power Units (Pile Driving Extracting, and Drilling); Pumps, over 3" (1 to 3 not to exceed a total of 300 ft.); Low Boys; Pumps, Well Points; Welding Machines (2 through 5); Winches,4 Small.Electric Drlll Winches. Class 4. Bobcats and/or other Skid Steer Loaders; Oilers; and Brick Forklift. Class 5. Assistant Craft Foreman. Class 6. Gradall. class 7. Mechanics; Welders. OPERATING ENGINEERS - HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION Class 1. Asphalt Plant; Asphalt Heater and Planer Combination; Asphah Heater Scarfire; Asphalt SPreader; Autograder/GOMACO or other similar type machines: ABG Paver; Backhoes with Caisson Attachment; Ballast Regulator; Belt Loader; Caisson RiBs; Car Dumper; Central Redi-Mix Plant; Combination Backhoe Front Endloader Machine, (1 cu. yd. Backhoe Bucket or over or with attachments); Concrete Breaker (Truck Mounted); Concrete Conveyor; Concrete Paver over 27E cu. ft.; Concrete Placer; Concrete Tube Float; Cranes, all attachments; Cranes, Tower Cranes of all types: Creter Crane: Spider Crane; Crusher, Stone, etc.; Derricks, All; Derrick Boats; Derrick, Traveling; Dredges; Elevators, Outside type Rack & pinion and Similar Machines; Formless Curb and Gutter Machine; Grader, Elevating; Grader, Motor Grader, Motor Patrol, Auto Patrol, Form Grader, Pull Grader. Subgrader; Guard Rail Post Driver Truck Mounted; Hoists, One, Two and Three Drumi Heavy Duty Self-Propelled Transporter or prime Mover; Hydraulic Backhoes; Backhoes with shear attachments up to 40'of boom reach; Lubrication Technician; Manipulators; Mucking Machine; Pile Drivers and Skid Rig; Pre-stress Machine; Pump Cretes Dual Rami Rock Drill - Crawler or Skid Rig; Rock Drill - Truck Mounted; Rock/Track Tamper; Roto Mill 6rinder; Slip-Form Paver; Snow Melters; SoilTest Drill Rig (Truck Mounted); Straddle Buggies; Hydraulic Telescoping Form (Tunnel); Operation of Tieback Machine; Tractor Drawn Belt Loader; Tractor Drawn Belt Loader (with attached pusher - two engineers); Tractor with Boom; Tractaire with Attachments; Traffic Barrier Transfer Machine; Trenching; Truck Mounted Concrete Pump with Boom; Raised or Blind Hole Drills (Tunnel Shaft); Underground Boring and/or Mining Machines 5 ft. in diameter and over tunnel, etc; Underground Boring and/or Mining Machines under 5 ft. in diameter; Wheel Excavator; Widener (APSCO). Class 2. Batch Plant; Bituminous Mixer; Boiler and Throttle Valve; Bulldozers; Car Loader Trailing Conveyors; Combination Backhoe Front Endloader Machine (Less than 1 cu. yd. Backhoe Bucket or over or with attachments); Compressor and Throttle Valve; Compressor, Common Receiver (3); Concrete Breaker or Hydro Hammer; Concrete Grinding Machine; Concrete Mixer or Paver 75 Series to and including 27 cu.Il.; Concrete Spreader; Concrete Curing Machine, Burlap Machine, Belting Machine and Sealing Machine; Concrete WheelSaw; Conveyor Muck Cars (Haglund or Similar Type); Drills, All; Finishing Machine - Concrete; Highlift Shovels or Front Endloader; Hoist - Sewer Dragging Machine; Hydraulic Boom Truck (All Attachments); Hydro-Blaster; Hydro Excavating (excluding hose work); Laser Screed; All Locomotives, Dinky; Off-Road Hauling Units (including articulating) Non Self-Loading Ejection Dump; Pump Cretes: Squeeze Cretes - Screw Type Pumps, Gypsum Bulker and Pump; Roller, Asphalt; Rotary Snow Plows; Rototiller, Seaman, etc-, self-propelled; Self-Propelled compactor; spreader - Chip - stone, etc.; Scraper - Single/Twin Engine/Push and Pull; Scraper - Prime Mover in Tandem (Regardless of Size); Tractors pulling attachments, Sheeps Foot, Disc, Compactor, etc.; Tug Boats. Class 3. Eoilers; Brooms, All Power Propelled; Cement Supply Tender; Compressor, Common Receiver (2); Concrete Mixer (Two Bag and Over); Conveyor, Portable; Farm-Type Tractors Used for MowinB, Seeding, etc.; Forklift Trucks; Grouting Machine; Hoists, Automatic; Hoists, All Elevators; Hoists, Tugger Single Drum; Jeep Diggers; Low Boys; Pipe Jacking Machines; Post-Hole Di8ge4 Power Saw, Concrete Power Driven; Pug Mills; Rollers, otherthan Asphalt; Seed and Straw Blower; Steam Generators; Stump Machine; Winch Trucks with "A" Frame; Work Boats; Tamper-Form-Motor Driven. Class 4. Air Compressor; Combination - Small Equipment OperatoD Directional Boring Machine; Generators; Heaters, Mechanical; Hydraulic power unit (pile Driving, Extractin& or Drilling); Light Plants, All (1 through 5); Pumps, over 3" (1 to 3 not to exceed a total of 300 ft.); Pumps, Well points; Vacuum Trucks (excluding hose work); Welding Machines (2 through 5); Winches,4 Small Electric DrillWinches. class 5. Skidsteer Loader (alll; Brick Forklifts; oilers. Class 6. Field Mechanics and Field Welders Class 7. Dowell Machine with Air Compressor; Gradall and machines of like nature. OPERATING ENGINEER - FLOATIN6 Diver. Diver Wet Tender, Diver Tender, ROV Pilot, ROV Tender TRUCK DRIVER - BUILDING, HEAVY AND HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION class 1. Two or three Axle Trucks. A-frame Truck when used for transportation purposes; Air Compressors and Welding Machines, including those pulled by cars, pick-up trucks and tractors; Ambulances; Batch Gate Locke6; Batch Hopperman; Car and Truck Washers; Carry-alls; Fork Lifts and Hoisters; Helpers; Mechanics Helpers and Greasers; Oil Distributors 2-man operation; Pavement Breakers; Pole Trailer, up to 40 feet; Power Mower Tractors; Self-propelled Chip Spreader; Skipman; Slurry Truck, 2-man operation; Slurry Truck Conveyor Operation ,2 or 3 man; Teamsters; Unskilled Dumpman; and Truck Drivers hauling warning lights, barricades, and portable toilets on the job site. Class 2. Four axle truclc; Dump Crets and Adgetors under 7 yards; DumpsteB, Track Trucl6, Euclids, Hug Bottom Dump Turnapulls or Turnatrailers when pulling other than self-loading equipment or similar equipment under 16 cubic yards; Mixer Trucks under 7 yeards; Ready- mix Plant Hopper Operator. and Winch Truck, 2 Axles. Class 3. Five axle truck; Dump Crets and Adgetors 7 yards and over; Dumpsters, Track Trucks, Euclids, Hug Bottom Dump Turnatrailers or turnapulls when pullinB other than self-loading equipment or similar equipment over t 6 cubic yards; Explosives and/or Fission Material Trucks; Mixer Trucks 7 yards or over; Mobile Cranes while in transit; Oil Distributors, l-man operation; Pole Trailer, over 40 feet; Pole and Expandable Trailers hauling material over 50 feet long; Slurry trucks, 1-man operation; Winch trucks, 3 axles or more; Mechanic-Truck Welder and Truck Pa inter. Class 4. Six axle trucks; Dual-purpose vehicles, such as mounted crane truck with hoist and accessories; Foreman; Master Mechanic; Self- loading equipment like P.B. and trucks with scoops on the front. TERRAZO FINISHER The handling of sand, cement, marble chips, and all other materials that may be used by the Mosaic Terrazzo Mechanic, and the mixing, grinding, grouting, cleaning and sealing of all Marble, Mosaic, and Terrazzo work, floors, base, stairs, and wainscoting by hand or machine, and in addition, assisting and aiding Marble, Masonic, and Terrazzo Mechanics. Other classifications of Work: For definitions of classifications not otherwise set out, the Department generally has on file such definitions which are available. lf a task to be performed is not subject to one of the classifications of pay set out, the Department will upon being contacted state which neighboring county has such a classification and provide such rate, such rate being deemed to exist by reference in this document. lf no nei8hboring county rate applies to the task, the Department shall undertake a special determination, such special determination being then deemed to have existed under this determination. lf a project requires these, or any classification not listed, please contact IDOL al2l7 -782-lll0 for wage rates or clarifications. LANDSCAPING Landscaping work falls under the existing classifications for laborer, operating engineer and truck driver. The work performed by landscape plantsman and landscape laborer is covered by the existing classification of laborer. The work performed by landscape operators (regardless of equipment used oritssize) is covered bythe classifications of operating engineer. The work performed by landscape truck drivers (regardless of size oftruck driven) is covered by the classifications oftruck driver. MATER:AL TESTER&MATER:AL TESTERノ :NSPECrOR:AND∥ Notwithstanding the difFerence in the classlfication titie,the classification entitied“Material Tester:"invoives the samejob duties as the classification entitled''Material Tester/:nspector:'' Likewise′the classification entitied'`Material Tester∥∥invo!ves the samejob duties as the classricatlon entt!ed"Material Tester/1nspector∥" PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BYl■ESE PRESENTS: APPENDIX 2 Bond″ 83BCSHQ8000 Inc.褒fittittf調言群出き電踏躙鷲諺室辮L菫鉦鷲轟闘蹴謝記馴甜詠state r ,mL2∞0は L燎器概1轟ぶ邸事よ識鍔肥肥躙臨 l驚●l._ ●.11 __■ :..“ _.._ ^rr.__^_ ‐_11 ___^ . ●the full and jusr sum of [insfi fult conract ryrce h9r€, $, :ia. a9o-,p0' ior fiepayment of which sum of money welr and truty to be maa@'uina thernselves and their heirs, executors, administatorc, sucoessors, ana assigns, .;olnuy'-o-.*'arurry,firmly by these presenls, said amount to include paymcnt of actuEl costs ano i"rri,ig* "io r"i ;;;;r, fees, architectural fees, design fees, engineering fees, aocounting feas, testing A;;;;il;;'L., adminisrdive costs, oourt oosts, intercst and any otho fees and cxpensos *.urtirg f-, ;;i".-ri.a uv reason of the conEactor's failurp to promptly and faithfirlly perform its contrac -with the dwno. uia contsact being more fully dascribed_ below, and to include attomeys' fues, court costs and aaminiJative and-other expenses necessarily paid or incurred in sucocssfirlly cnforcing perfo..-o" ofx1g oU-iilirionofthe Surety undo dris bond. WHEREAS,ぬ e ConmctOr h“entered into a輌 tten agreement dated[■鋼cOnmct datehe“]Auqust 21.2018201L wi慟ぬeQ～n"饉 ■■堕摯 COntract硫ゃ、h"]Upgrade and cenera■ ■■stallatI`n “Conmcr')山 e“77nS and cond∥on “ 働。ugh価 ∥y.._.r__.LL^…:_set fo■h herein NOW, II{EREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if thccontractor shatl w-ell, ruly, and promptry perform a[ the undertakings, covenants, ,.-r, *iaiii-r,and agreements of the contractor under the contract, inoluding but-not timitea io m-bontnctors obligatiors under the conbact, ( I ) to providg perform, and compl-ae ar the lvort site ana N-the mannerspecified in the contract all necessary work, labor, services, tansportati"r, .qripr.ii,-r"Gar, apparatus, machinery, tools, firels, gas, electric, water, wast€ disposal, inform*ion, ;il ffi;h* TT: .-|^_,l.Ij -iT?-r.ry for , [insert general aesciiption oi tr,"' -ifr*'-r,"*,1 to procure and POnniに ,liCenCes,and other sstt h connection tterew缶仲 η ′ “ 滅 "“響用 ψ ′炒滋approva:s and authori7ations nece ′_贔 ´′ “^_■_´_´ “ ^′●■_´__4_―● る｀● ●‐ ●● ●●γπ19)tO procu"Pl価 mil■lbnds,ふ轟島麗ζttdPdχ iesofЙЙ′′rarl滋″И●/麟 ″Gο"hsurance speci■ed in the Conmct(4)to pay all applicable federal,mt and locJ taxe、(5)to do al:lctorwigcontract撃 19bFⅢ∥ごpronn,‐and酬聯品瑞群other ttings required ofthe COntrt .L^r___^=__:____^_^_――」――_ 1the foregoing in a proper and workmanrike manner and in fiilfcomprian; ;rftr,, ;; firifiiiy .rapu、umt o,山 e COn籠 "酬 Of Whthヽ hereh"trred o“山。■wOrk,"Ⅲeth高 :稿・毒 ■樵ヽ■7^_●.._4^_:_4^_¨」■^^^_^ ^―――――――― ´ ‐ ● ●Work enter i■o md become∞mponent parts Of働 e imprOventent contem口 ated,1ぶ輛:稿 tation■l..1l l._ぃ ,,1:ぃ、.I.,^:.I ^●L^_.:^^=●^L_11 _____● , ´ `ヽ ‐ ● ―shall be null and void:Othcrwise it sha∥rernain in fb11 lbrce and efFect CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION STATE OF ILLINOIS COLTNTY OF l{fi NO CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION 's executing ofJicerJ, being first duly swom on oath, deposes and states that all statements herein made are made on behalf of Contractor, that this deponent is authorized to make them, and that the statements contained herein are true and corect. Contractor deposes, states, and certifies that Contractor is not barred from contracting with a unit of state or local government as a result of (i) a violation of either Section 33E-3 or Section 33E-4 of Article 33E of the Criminal Code of 196l,720ILCS 5/338-1et seq.; or (ii) a violation of the USA Patriot Act of 2001,107 Public Law 56 (October 26,2001) (the "Patriot Act") or other statutes, orders, rules, and regulations of the United States government and its various executive departments, agencies and offices related to the subject matter of the Patriot Act, including, but not limited to, Executive Order 13224 effective September 24,2001. DATED:,20■.FITZG CTING,INC. By: Name: Title:)) SS)Subsc五 bed and Swom to before rnc On__王 l上上gμ 』≦理L__JL上 ___,2018. My Commission expires: OFFiC:AL SEAL BR00KE L.BR:GHT NOTARY PUBLIC,STAT〔OF ILLINOiS My Commisslo■Expires」un 30.2019 micl哺 vicc prQら tdent (SEAL) CIul40ltq APPENDⅨ 2 騰￡躍 )艦協庶:l鍬 :需 Ⅷ Contractor to dle other in Or tOぬ e tems Of said( 祠島棚1聯硼脚ぶⅧ棚識 is bond in th柵曲蹴鮒蠍oЫigations oftte cOntractor ulnder the Contract in l 覇螺椰憮欄締淵講脚鮒 λ闊 `棚潔鱗l嚇靱to tako over and completeぬ e Conmct. perFom肥田:徊税響肥l蹴蹴:駕嵐七兆 _° °~t my dttd昴市mホ eM乳常寵ぼ哩棚ξ器∥茫、群鰍 :』1:遮織∥∝COrporatimぬけ Signed and sealed thお 21 stday of Auqust 201■ PRINCIPAL IBy: 取 Q、nuQtttnc Hartford Eire fnsurance Co POWER OF ATTORNEY Drectra9″ireycrarmsゎ:THE HARTFORD BOND,T4 P O BOX2103.690 ASYLUM AVENUE HARTFORD,CONNECTICu,o6115 ca===888‐266‐3488o「Fax:860‐757‐5835X l ll ll ll lX □l l BY THESE THAT:Code: Hartford Fire lnsuaance company, a corporation duly organjzed under the laws ofrhe stare ofcornecticut Hartford casualty lnsurance company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the state of Irdiana Haftford Accldenl and lndemnlty Company, a coryoration duly organized under the laws ofthe state ofcoruecricut Hartford Undarwritcr€i lnBurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws ofthe State ofConnerticut Twin City Flre lnsurance Company, a co.poration duly orgadzed unde, the la*s ofthe Srate oflndiana Hartford lnsurance company of lllioob, a corporation duly organized under the raws ofthe slate oflllinois Hartford ln3uranc€ Company of the Mldwest, a corporation duly orgatized under the laws ofthe State oflndiana Hattford lnsurance Company of the Southeast, a corporation duly organized undcr the laws of the state ofFlorida their home up to lhe amounl ol unllmlbd:to as lhe Lawrenc●ForsⅢα C●/rrs Pardrldge・ Frank Pardrldge Jr,Karby Pructer Or 慟ま辞職営籠驚椰』葛鰯湖椰鱗瑾i稲動罫]拙脚蠣臨冒J郷畿櫛軋馨l]T!|」藉量霜識彗露翻圏猫霧欝織説潔脈講載酬『喚and wi∥be bound by any mechanica∥y applied signatures app∥ed tO this STATE OF CO I{ECnOIT \ I o. Harrford COUI{TY OF HARTFORT' , . on this 3d day of March, 2008, before me personally came M. Ross.Fisher, lo.me kno{n, x,ho being by me duly svtom, did depose andsay: that he Gsides in lhe countv of Hartford, state of connecticut: ihat he is the Assistant vice'preiiJeniiiitr" c".'p*t&, in" ""rfii"tii".described in and which executed the above inslrument that he knows the seats of ftrJ saiO corpoiafions:-it "t tn" .""t. affixed to the saidinslrument are such corporate seals: lhal lhey were so afiixed by aLrlhority of the Bo;rda "f il;iil;;;;;orpoIation. and that he signed hisname therelo by like authority. M. Ross Fisher, Assistant Mce president Scot E. p.sck Notary Pubtic My Comnission Expins Oclobcr 3I , 2012 l,the undersigned,Assistant Vlce President ofthe Companies,DO HEREBY CERTIFY thatthe above and fOregoing is a true and c●rectcopy Ofthe Power Of Attorney exectned by said cOmpanies,which is s,∥in fu∥force efFective as Of August 2 1, 2018Signed and sealed atthe C ty of Harrord Scott Sadowsky, AssiE Gary W. Stumper, Assistant Vice president 「 _」陣釧00nmctOr mm畑品銅覇赫淵瑞織器話 h。6S865 Shaw Rd2′ Biq Rock′ liE 5QttH IinSelt Surety name and address hao:] .nsuranco rnmnin、′ APPENDⅨ 3 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:BOnd″ 83BcsHQ80oo 0■● HartfOrd Plaza. H: ′卜_“:.._●_^^(herChaner“!l“缶e“suretylD~are hdd田 [「蒻｀島」ⅧI硫碁:路灘Brook_1,00 0nlr nrnAを ,An" ^‐し0_^し ■=1=_^=^ __J ,… ´BroOk,2∞録BЮ はRoad,鸞 lR摯 :亜嘔彙亜亜 1曇ギ慟螂l」濫蹴the use and bencnt ofittelfll"rl nf血eu"田 d beneflt Ofittrand三空澄 ■h輩 Ⅲ活I酪議轟・ IⅢ轟 3ギ l酬 ∥ =島罵sum of rinsert hl1 00nhOi nHrp:淵』∬露常:惣霊t空幣lL聖饗早年_二 .1聴・嵩∬W酬轟耀::1H:.::f:,'i:*L9:s!r;F;;6;tffii.E ili,ilf,H,ffi?H#Jfi:ContractOr md tte Surety Ыnd ttm"～ぃand稿 ;籠直・―、1:11品麒I∬ム蝋「粛盤signs inintiv■nH O.■′_":1、, ■_1..L `L^^^__――――・・・“si口、jdtty md sevedし ,■甲ツ″ぬ“e品島百薦J温 Ⅲl」荀姜胤職葛即淵COSL_ and lldml■1■卜,1:v● 0_“ ^゛ I.__..__^――^‐ ―^^^――――:' 。●c蒻 ,md劇面面nat市 e md瀬緞認T産 :蜃 ⅢⅢ洒・高 jI高 `群 l艦罵 1み臨器:performance oFthe oblicatiOn nfJperformance ofthe obligation of the Surety unaer ttris Uonal … S,the conmctOr has entered il herel August 21′20コ mi■3宙 th tt Own NOW, TI{EREFORE, THE CONDITION OF TI{IS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if thEcontractor shall promptly pay or carse to be paid all sums of money drat may be due to any claimamwith respecr ro the contractor's obrigarions ,iarr tn" cont"ai01.io proriai,,ffiil ;i #;""ar rhe wo* sire and in dre manner spocified in the contract'air ,;rrrry ir"ri,'ili"i l"#ur, Iill*i"Jl**T',:t1':l::"^T*, jlryl1,1acrrine.y,toor,,r,.i,,e"1,;;il,"Jld;*. “"劇戸nfonmttm“m md軸ざm孤話『温・I凛覇L量璽蒻淵W°rkl望雪1-』堕撃量L」L」塾製堅ュニュ_コ lectrical ttStem uInstallation:(2)to procure andt;tr::,.yr*y"-gouemmentat app.ovii-Gi-ffi6ii^tion, ,r""rr"ry rn connection rherewithlqtept os orhcrwisc qr",sty prw,ed h ,qnrchint );n:;i;;r;i,(fi;;ffi]Tffi.'1,all Bonds and all certificates and policies ofinsurance sp*fiJ fi ft f -rlffi ,,TH,H:'r,#;,ff '"#tif 'ffifmr,fl #:i:ffiffi p,[i*##l tol1,*TpJjq*. *ith, and as required by_ or pursuant-to, ila;b*r, a[ of which is herein refened toas the "Work" whether or nor any oisaid Work enter inro-ana'b"*r";;;;;;;'r#,ii.*" l3[.Jffj#:fr"mplated, rhen this obtigation ,r,rir u" irii*i roio; of,.*i-s;Iffi",'#r?, ii il con温 :TttSiξ 拙漱静l黒兜篤認電吼為翠酬「∫ぶ轟∬器WI∥:Work APPENDIX 3 胤 ;ど品Ψ猛諄需肌鵬淋龍 The prOvisions of30 1LCS 550/1 and 2 oftheI∥inoi inc:uding the time∥mis wilhin which notices ofl bond. 鑑w請憾鱗l醐露織鶉酬:硼鵠珊s鶴棚輔榊i欄 :翻灘鮒賄螂欄淵 Signed and sealedぬ is 21stdayofAuqust 201L CONTRACy「OR By: By: ″34920193 v2 Ontに ctty Hartford Fire Insurance Co By: By: ・ POWER OF ATTORNEY DJecrrngurres/crarms rOr THE HARttFORD BOND,T‐4P.0.30X2103,690 ASYLUM AVENUE HARTFORD,CONNECT:CuT o6115 ca″「888‐2諄 3488 orね χf 860‐757・ 5835 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT:83511967 I-I-l Xarford Fire lnsurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut [-l Xarttord Casualty lnsurance Company, a corporation duly organizod under the laws of the State of Indiana □Hartrord Acddent and indemnity Company,a cOpomlon dJy ottanized under mc hws of■eSね te ofConn∝lc■ | I HartFord undem∥"円 hsurance Company,a corporalon dJy orga」zcd unda the laws ofthe Stat ofCOnn∝」cI I I■Mn City Fire insurance Company,a∞rpora10n duly orgaruzcd underthe laws ofthe Statc ofhdiana X HartFord insurance Company ofil∥nois,a cOrporalon dJy organized ullderthe laws ofthc State ofⅡhnOis □Hartrord insurance Company of the Midwest,a corporaIOn duy org面 zcd underthe hws ofthe s●te of lndiana □Hartrord insurance Company ofthe Southeast,a∞rpomlon duy orgamzed urlder●c hwsof●e State ofΠ ttda haung hdr 21聖 'T"霊 Jl賞り,COnnec∥cut,oetthaier cdLd"dy Юbrred b as he“Companbsり dO heЮ by make.∞nstlut and appant,yp rOめ e amoυ ″fo「urrrmttJf lawrence Forsberg7 Ctrris Pardridge,Frar7々Pardridge J「′κarby Prtrcker Of 翻翻榊箕端 Ittl瀧鮒絲 ∫蠅鍋靱淵鵬executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted ln Witness Whereof, and as aulhorized by a Resolution of the Board of Direc{ors of the Companies on January 22,2004 the Companieshave caused these presents to bc signed by its Assistant Mce President and its corporale seals io be irereto affifu,6i,y;ti;ed by its RssistantSecretary. Further, pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies, the Companies hereby ,nrrOiilor;ly amrm tnat they ireand will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attomey. Scott Sadowsky,Assistant Secretary SI∥ ili:]∥||[::T} sL H:鰤 Ord . On this 3d day of March, 2008, before me personally came M. Ross Fisher, to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose andsay: that he resides in the County of Hartford, State of Connecticut; that he is the Assistant Vice president-of ine C;;;;i;s, the corporationsdescribed in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of the said corporations; thar the seals affixed to the saidinstrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations ano that he signed hisname thereto by like authorig. l,the undersigned,Assistant Vice Presidenl ofthe Companies,DO HEREBY CER丁 :FY thatthe above and fOre9oing is a true and correctcOpy Ofthe Power of Attomey executed by sald Compan:es,which is sll:in fun force efFec∥veasof Augus1 21′ 2o18Signed and seaied atthe City of Hattord. M.Ross Fisher,Assistant Ⅵce President My Commission Expires atober 31,2012